head	1.1;
branch	1.1.1;
access;
symbols
	EMACS_21_3:1.1.1.5
	EMACS_21_2:1.1.1.4
	EMACS_21_1:1.1.1.4
	EMACS_21_0_106:1.1.1.4
	EMACS_21_0_105:1.1.1.4
	EMACS_21_0_103:1.1.1.4
	EMACS_20_7:1.1.1.3
	EMACS_20_6:1.1.1.3
	EMACS_20_5:1.1.1.3
	EMACS_20_4:1.1.1.3
	EMACS_20_3:1.1.1.3
	EMACS_20_2:1.1.1.3
	EMACS_20_1:1.1.1.3
	EMACS_19_34:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_33:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_32:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_31:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_30:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_29:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_28:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_27:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_26:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_25:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_24:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_23:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_22:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_21:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_20:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_19:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_18:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_17:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_16:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_15:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_14:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_13:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_12:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_11:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_10:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_9:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_8:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_19_7:1.1.1.2
	EMACS_18_59:1.1.1.1
	FSF_DIST:1.1.1;
locks; strict;
comment	@# @;


1.1
date	2004.11.05.07.57.16;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches
	1.1.1.1;
next	;

1.1.1.1
date	2004.11.05.07.57.16;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.2;

1.1.1.2
date	2004.11.05.07.57.51;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.3;

1.1.1.3
date	2004.11.05.09.43.00;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.4;

1.1.1.4
date	2004.11.05.10.29.58;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.5;

1.1.1.5
date	2004.11.05.11.15.11;	author Ben Wing;	state Exp;
branches;
next	;


desc
@@


1.1
log
@Initial revision
@
text
@GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  26-Mar-1986
Copyright (C) 1986 Richard M. Stallman.
See the end for copying conditions.

Changes in Emacs 17

* Frustrated?

Try M-x doctor.

* Bored?

Try M-x hanoi.

* Brain-damaged?

Try M-x yow.

* Sun3, Tahoe, Apollo, HP9000s300, Celerity, NCR Tower 32,
  Sequent, Stride, Encore, Plexus and AT&T 7300 machines supported.

The Tahoe, Sun3, Sequent and Celerity use 4.2.  In regard to the
Apollo, see the file APOLLO in this directory.  NCR Tower32,
HP9000s300, Stride and Nu run forms of System V.  System V rel 2 also
works on Vaxes now.  See etc/MACHINES.

* System V Unix supported, including subprocesses.

It should be possible now to bring up Emacs on a machine running
mere unameliorated system V Unix with no major work; just possible bug
fixes.  But you can expect to find a handful of those on any machine
that Emacs has not been run on before.

* Berkeley 4.1 Unix supported.

See etc/MACHINES.

* Portable `alloca' provided.

Emacs can now run on machines that do not and cannot support the library
subroutine `alloca' in the canonical fashion, using an `alloca' emulation
written in C.

* On-line manual.

Info now contains an Emacs manual, with essentially the same text
as in the printed manual.

The manual can now be printed with a standard TeX.

Nicely typeset and printed copies of the manual are available
from the Free Software Foundation.

* Backup file version numbers.

Emacs now supports version numbers in backup files.

The first time you save a particular file in one editing session,
the old file is copied or renamed to serve as a backup file.
In the past, the name for the backup file was made by appending `~'
to the end of the original file name.

Now the backup file name can instead be made by appending ".~NN~" to
the original file name, where NN stands for a numeric version.  Each
time this is done, the new version number is one higher than the
highest previously used.

Thus, the active, current file does not have a version number.
Only the backups have them.

This feature is controlled by the variable `version-control'.  If it
is `nil', as normally, then numbered backups are made only for files
that already have numbered backups.  Backup names with just `~' are
used for files that have no numbered backups.

If `version-control' is `never', then the backup file's name is
made with just `~' in any case.

If `version-control' is not `nil' or `never', numbered backups are
made unconditionally.

To prevent unlimited consumption of disk space, Emacs can delete
old backup versions automatically.  Generally Emacs keeps the first
few backups and the latest few backups, deleting any in between.
This happens every time a new backup is made.  The two variables that
control the deletion are `kept-old-versions' and `kept-new-versions'.
Their values are, respectively, the number of oldest backups to keep
and the number of newest ones to keep, each time a new backup is made.
The value of `kept-new-versions' includes the backup just created.
By default, both values are 2.

If `trim-versions-without-asking' is non-`nil', the excess middle versions
are deleted without a murmur.  If it is `nil', the default, then you
are asked whether the excess middle versions should really be deleted.

Dired has a new command `.' which marks for deletion all but the latest
and oldest few of every numeric series of backups.  `kept-old-versions'
controls the number of oldest versions to keep, and `dired-kept-versions'
controls the number of latest versions to keep.  A numeric argument to
the `.' command, if positive, specifies the number of latest versions
to keep, overriding `dired-kept-versions'.  A negative argument specifies
the number of oldest versions to keep, using minus the argument to override
`kept-old-versions'.

* Immediate conflict detection.

Emacs now locks the files it is modifying, so that if
you start to modify within Emacs a file that is being
modified in another Emacs, you get an immediate warning.

The warning gives you three choices:
1. Give up, and do not make any changes.
2. Make changes anyway at your own risk.
3. Make changes anyway, and record yourself as
 the person locking the file (instead of whoever
 was previously recorded.)

Just visiting a file does not lock it.  It is locked
when you try to change the buffer that is visiting the file.
Saving the file unlocks it until you make another change.

Locking is done by writing a lock file in a special designated
directory.  If such a directory is not provided and told to
Emacs as part of configuring it for your machine, the lock feature
is turned off.

* M-x recover-file.

This command is used to get a file back from an auto-save
(after a system crash, for example).  It takes a file name
as argument and visits that file, but gets the data from the
file's last auto save rather than from the file itself.

* M-x normal-mode.

This command resets the current buffer's major mode and local
variables to be as specified by the visit filename, the -*- line
and/or the Local Variables: block at the end of the buffer.
It is the same thing normally done when a file is first visited.

* Echo area messages disappear shortly if minibuffer is in use.

Any message in the echo area disappears after 2 seconds
if the minibuffer is active.  This allows the minibuffer
to become visible again.

* C-z on System V runs a subshell.

On systems which do not allow programs to be suspended, the C-z command
forks a subshell that talks directly to the terminal, and then waits
for the subshell to exit.  This gets almost the effect of suspending
in that you can run other programs and then return to Emacs.  However,
you cannot log out from the subshell.

* C-c is always a prefix character.

Also, subcommands of C-c which are letters are always
reserved for the user.  No standard Emacs major mode
defines any of them.

* Picture mode C-c commands changed.

The old C-c k command is now C-c C-w.
The old C-c y command is now C-c C-x.

* Shell mode commands changed.

All the special commands of Shell mode are now moved onto
the C-c prefix.  Most are not changed aside from that.
Thus, the old Shell mode C-c command (kill current job)
is now C-c C-c; the old C-z (suspend current job) is now C-c C-z,
etc.

The old C-x commands are now C-c commands.  C-x C-k (kill output)
is now C-c C-o, and C-x C-v (show output) is now C-c C-r.

The old M-= (copy previous input) command is now C-c C-y.

* Shell mode recognizes aliases for `pushd', `popd' and `cd'.

Shell mode now uses the variable `shell-pushd-regexp' as a
regular expression to recognize any command name that is
equivalent to a `pushd' command.  By default it is set up
to recognize just `pushd' itself.  If you use aliases for
`pushd', change the regexp to recognize them as well.

There are also `shell-popd-regexp' to recognize commands
with the effect of a `popd', and `shell-cd-regexp' to recognize
commands with the effect of a `cd'.

* "Exit" command in certain modes now C-c C-c.

These include electric buffer menu mode, electric command history
mode, Info node edit mode, and Rmail edit mode.  In all these
modes, the command to exit used to be just C-c.

* Outline mode changes.

Lines that are not heading lines are now called "body" lines.
The command `hide-text' is renamed to `hide-body'.
The key M-H is renamed to C-c C-h.
The key M-S is renamed to C-c C-s.
The key M-s is renamed to C-c C-i.

Changes of line visibility are no longer undoable.  As a result,
they no longer use up undo memory and no longer interfere with
undoing earlier commands.

* Rmail changes.

The s and q commands now both expunge deleted messages before saving;
use C-x C-s to save without expunging.

The u command now undeletes the current message if it is deleted;
otherwise, it backs up as far as necessary to reach a deleted message,
and undeletes that one.  The u command in the summary behaves likewise,
but considers only messages listed in the summary.  The M-u command
has been eliminated.

The o and C-o keys' meanings are interchanged.
o now outputs to an Rmail file, and C-o to a Unix mail file.

The F command (rmail-find) is renamed to M-s (rmail-search).
Various new commands and features exist; see the Emacs manual.

* Local bindings described first in describe-bindings.

* [...], {...} now balance in Fundamental mode.

* Nroff mode and TeX mode.

The are two new major modes for editing nroff input and TeX input.
See the Emacs manual for full information.

* New C indentation style variable `c-brace-imaginary-offset'.

The value of `c-brace-imaginary-offset', normally zero, controls the
indentation of a statement inside a brace-group where the open-brace
is not the first thing on a line.  The value says where the open-brace
is imagined to be, relative to the first nonblank character on the line.

* Dired improvements.

Dired now normally keeps the cursor at the beginning of the file name,
not at the beginning of the line.  The most used motion commands are
redefined in Dired to position the cursor this way.

`n' and `p' are now equivalent in dired to `C-n' and `C-p'.

If any files to be deleted cannot be deleted, their names are
printed in an error message.

If the `v' command is invoked on a file which is a directory,
dired is run on that directory.

* `visit-tag-table' renamed `visit-tags-table'.

This is so apropos of `tags' finds everything you need to
know about in connection with Tags.

* `mh-e' library uses C-c as prefix.

All the special commands of `mh-rmail' now are placed on a
C-c prefix rather than on the C-x prefix.  This is for
consistency with other special modes with their own commands.

* M-$ or `spell-word' checks word before point.

It used to check the word after point.

* Quitting during autoloading no longer causes trouble.

Now, when a file is autoloaded, all function redefinitions
and `provide' calls are recorded and are undone if you quit
before the file is finished loading.

As a result, it no longer happens that some of the entry points
which are normally autoloading have been defined already, but the
entire file is not really present to support them.

* `else' can now be indented correctly in C mode.

TAB in C mode now knows which `if' statement an `else' matches
up with, and can indent the `else' correctly under the `if',
even if the `if' contained such things as another `if' statement,
or a `while' or `for' statement, with no braces around it.

* `batch-byte-compile'

Runs byte-compile-file on the files specified on the command line.
All the rest of the command line arguments are taken as files to
compile (or, if directories, to do byte-recompile-directory on).
Must be used only with -batch, and kills emacs on completion.
Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile *.el'.

* `-batch' changes.

`-batch' now implies `-q': no init file is loaded by Emacs when
`-batch' is used.  Also, no `term/TERMTYPE.el' file is loaded.  Auto
saving is not done except in buffers in which it is explicitly
requested.  Also, many echo-area printouts describing what is going on
are inhibited in batch mode, so that the only output you get is the
output you program specifically.

One echo-area message that is not suppressed is the one that says
that a file is being loaded.  That is because you can prevent this
message by passing `t' as the third argument to `load'.

* Display of search string in incremental search.

Now, when you type C-s or C-r to reuse the previous search
string, that search string is displayed immediately in the echo area.

Three dots are displayed after the search string while search
is actually going on.

* View commands.

The commands C-x ], C-x [, C-x /, C-x j and C-x o are now
available inside `view-buffer' and `view-file', with their
normal meanings.

* Full-width windows preferred.

The ``other-window'' commands prefer other full width windows,
and will split only full width windows.

* M-x rename-file can copy if necessary.

When used between different file systems, since actual renaming does
not work, the old file will be copied and deleted.

* Within C-x ESC, you can pick the command to repeat.

While editing a previous command to be repeated, inside C-x ESC,
you can now use the commands M-p and M-n to pick an earlier or
later command to repeat.  M-n picks the next earlier command
and M-p picks the next later one.  The new command appears in
the minibuffer, and you can go ahead and edit it, and repeat it
when you exit the minibuffer.

Using M-n or M-p within C-x ESC is like having used a different
numeric argument when you ran C-x ESC in the first place.

The command you finally execute using C-x ESC is added to the
front of the command history, unless it is identical with the
first thing in the command history.

* Use C-c C-c to exit from editing within Info.

It used to be C-z for this.  Somehow this use of C-z was
left out when all the others were moved.  The intention is that
C-z should always suspend Emacs.

* Default arg to C-x < and C-x > now window width minus 2.

These commands, which scroll the current window horizontally
by a specified number of columns, now scroll a considerable
distance rather than a single column if used with no argument.

* Auto Save Files Deleted.

The default value of `delete-auto-save-files' is now `t', so that
when you save a file for real, its auto save file is deleted.

* Rnews changes.

The N, P and J keys in Rnews are renamed to M-n, M-p and M-j.
These keys move among newsgroups.

The n and p keys for moving sequentially between news articles now
accept repeat count arguments, and the + and - keys, made redundant by
this change, are eliminated.

The s command for outputting the current article to a file
is renamed as o, to be compatible with Rmail.

* Sendmail changes.

If you have a ~/.mailrc file, Emacs searches it for mailing address
aliases, and these aliases are expanded when you send mail in Emacs.

Fcc fields can now be used in the headers in the *mail* buffer
to specify files in which copies of the message should be put.
The message is written into those files in Unix mail file format.
The message as sent does not contain any Fcc fields in its header.
You can use any number of Fcc fields, but only one file name in each one.
The variable `mail-archive-file-name', if non-`nil', can be a string
which is a file name; an Fcc to that file will be inserted in every
message when you begin to compose it.

A new command C-c q now exists in Mail mode.  It fills the
paragraphs of an old message that had been inserted with C-c y.

When the *mail* buffer is put in Mail mode, text-mode-hook
is now run in addition to mail-mode-hook.  text-mode-hook
is run first.

The new variable `mail-header-separator' now specifies the string
to use on the line that goes between the headers and the message text.
By default it is still "--text follows this line--".

* Command history truncated automatically.

Just before each garbage collection, all but the last 30 elements
of the command history are discarded.

Incompatible Lisp Programming Changes in Emacs 17

* `&quote' no longer supported.

This feature, which allowed Lisp functions to take arguments
that were not evaluated, has been eliminated, because it is
inescapably hard to make the compiler work properly with such
functions.

You should use macros instead.  A simple way to change any
code that uses `&quote' is to replace

   (defun foo (&quote x y z) ...

with

   (defmacro foo (x y z)
     (list 'foo-1 (list 'quote x) (list 'quote y) (list 'quote z)))

   (defun foo-1 (x y z) ...

* Functions `region-to-string' and `region-around-match' removed.

These functions were made for compatibility with Gosling Emacs, but it
turns out to be undesirable to use them in GNU Emacs because they use
the mark.  They have been eliminated from Emacs proper, but are
present in mlsupport.el for the sake of converted mocklisp programs.

If you were using `region-to-string', you should instead use
`buffer-substring'; then you can pass the bounds as arguments and
can avoid setting the mark.

If you were using `region-around-match', you can use instead
the two functions `match-beginning' and `match-end'.  These give
you one bound at a time, as a numeric value, without changing
point or the mark.

* Function `function-type' removed.

This just appeared not to be very useful.  It can easily be written in
Lisp if you happen to want it.  Just use `symbol-function' to get the
function definition of a symbol, and look at its data type or its car
if it is a list.

* Variable `buffer-number' removed.

You can still use the function `buffer-number' to find out
a buffer's unique number (assigned in order of creation).

* Variable `executing-macro' renamed `executing-kbd-macro'.

This variable is the currently executing keyboard macro, as
a string, or `nil' when no keyboard macro is being executed.

* Loading term/$TERM.

The library term/$TERM (where $TERM get replaced by your terminal
type), which is done by Emacs automatically when it starts up, now
happens after the user's .emacs file is loaded.

In previous versions of Emacs, these files had names of the form
term-$TERM; thus, for example, term-vt100.el, but now they live
in a special subdirectory named term, and have names like
term/vt100.el.

* `command-history' format changed.

The elements of this list are now Lisp expressions which can
be evaluated directly to repeat a command.

* Unused editing commands removed.

The functions `forward-to-word', `backward-to-word',
`upcase-char', `mark-beginning-of-buffer' and `mark-end-of-buffer'
have been removed.  Their definitions can be found in file 
lisp/unused.el if you need them.

Upward Compatible Lisp Programming Changes in Emacs 17

* You can now continue after errors and quits.

When the debugger is entered because of a C-g, due to
a non-`nil' value of `debug-on-quit', the `c' command in the debugger
resumes execution of the code that was running when the quit happened.
Use the `q' command to go ahead and quit.

The same applies to some kinds of errors, but not all.  Errors
signaled with the Lisp function `signal' can be continued; the `c'
command causes `signal' to return.  The `r' command causes `signal' to
return the value you specify.  The `c' command is equivalent to `r'
with the value `nil'.

For a `wrong-type-argument' error, the value returned with the `r'
command is used in place of the invalid argument.  If this new value
is not valid, another error occurs.

Errors signaled with the function `error' cannot be continued.
If you try to continue, the error just happens again.

* `dot' renamed `point'.

The word `dot' has been replaced with `point' in all
function and variable names, including:

  point, point-min, point-max,
  point-marker, point-min-marker, point-max-marker,
  window-point, set-window-point,
  point-to-register, register-to-point,
  exchange-point-and-mark.

The old names are still supported, for now.

* `string-match' records position of end of match.

After a successful call to `string-match', `(match-end 0)' will
return the index in the string of the first character after the match.
Also, `match-begin' and `match-end' with nonzero arguments can be
used to find the indices of beginnings and ends of substrings matched
by subpatterns surrounded by parentheses.

* New function `insert-before-markers'.

This function is just like `insert' except in the handling of any
relocatable markers that are located at the point of insertion.
With `insert', such markers end up pointing before the inserted text.
With `insert-before-markers', they end up pointing after the inserted
text.

* New function `copy-alist'.

This function takes one argument, a list, and makes a disjoint copy
of the alist structure.  The list itself is copied, and each element
that is a cons cell is copied, but the cars and cdrs of elements
remain shared with the original argument.

This is what it takes to get two alists disjoint enough that changes
in one do not change the result of `assq' on the other.

* New function `copy-keymap'.

This function takes a keymap as argument and returns a new keymap
containing initially the same bindings.  Rebindings in either one of
them will not alter the bindings in the other.

* New function `copy-syntax-table'.

This function takes a syntax table as argument and returns a new
syntax table containing initially the same syntax settings.  Changes
in either one of them will not alter the other.

* Randomizing the random numbers.

`(random t)' causes the random number generator's seed to be set
based on the current time and Emacs's process id.

* Third argument to `modify-syntax-entry'.

The optional third argument to `modify-syntax-entry', if specified
should be a syntax table.  The modification is made in that syntax table
rather than in the current syntax table.

* New function `run-hooks'.

This function takes any number of symbols as arguments.
It processes the symbols in order.  For each symbol which
has a value (as a variable) that is non-nil, the value is
called as a function, with no arguments.

This is useful in major mode commands.

* Second arg to `switch-to-buffer'.

If this function is given a non-`nil' second argument, then the
selection being done is not recorded on the selection history.
The buffer's position in the history remains unchanged.  This
feature is used by the view commands, so that the selection history
after exiting from viewing is the same as it was before.

* Second arg to `display-buffer' and `pop-to-buffer'.

These two functions both accept an optional second argument which
defaults to `nil'.  If the argument is not `nil', it means that
another window (not the selected one) must be found or created to
display the specified buffer in, even if it is already shown in
the selected window.

This feature is used by `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.

* New variable `completion-ignore-case'.

If this variable is non-`nil', completion allows strings
in different cases to be considered matching.  The global value
is `nil'

This variable exists for the sake of commands that are completing
an argument in which case is not significant.  It is possible
to change the value globally, but you might not like the consequences
in the many situations (buffer names, command names, file names)
where case makes a difference.

* Major modes related to Text mode call text-mode-hook, then their own hooks.

For example, turning on Outline mode first calls the value of
`text-mode-hook' as a function, if it exists and is non-`nil',
and then does likewise for the variable `outline-mode-hook'.

* Defining new command line switches.

You can define a new command line switch in your .emacs file
by putting elements on the value of `command-switch-alist'.
Each element of this list should look like
      (SWITCHSTRING . FUNCTION)
where SWITCHSTRING is a string containing the switch to be
defined, such as "-foo", and FUNCTION is a function to be called
if such an argument is found in the command line.  FUNCTION
receives the command line argument, a string, as its argument.

To implement a switch that uses up one or more following arguments,
use the fact that the remaining command line arguments are kept
as a list in the variable `command-line-args'.  FUNCTION can
examine this variable, and do
    (setq command-line-args (cdr command-line-args)
to "use up" an argument.

* New variable `load-in-progress'.

This variable is non-`nil' when a file of Lisp code is being read
and executed by `load'.

* New variable `print-length'.

The value of this variable is normally `nil'.  It may instead be
a number; in that case, when a list is printed by `prin1' or
`princ' only that many initial elements are printed; the rest are
replaced by `...'.

* New variable `find-file-not-found-hook'.

If `find-file' or any of its variants is used on a nonexistent file,
the value of `find-file-not-found-hook' is called (if it is not `nil')
with no arguments, after creating an empty buffer.  The file's name
can be found as the value of `buffer-file-name'.

* Processes without buffers.

In the function `start-process', you can now specify `nil' as
the process's buffer.  You can also set a process's buffer to `nil'
using `set-process-buffer'.

The reason you might want to do this is to prevent the process
from being killed because any particular buffer is killed.
When a process has a buffer, killing that buffer kills the
process too.

When a process has no buffer, its output is lost unless it has a
filter, and no indication of its being stopped or killed is given
unless it has a sentinel.

* New function `user-variable-p'.  `v' arg prompting changed.

This function takes a symbol as argument and returns `t' if
the symbol is defined as a user option variable.  This means
that it has a `variable-documentation' property whose value is
a string starting with `*'.

Code `v' in an interactive arg reading string now accepts
user variables only, and completion is limited to the space of
user variables.

The function `read-variable' also now accepts and completes
over user variables only.

* CBREAK mode input is the default in Unix 4.3 bsd.

In Berkeley 4.3 Unix, there are sufficient features for Emacs to
work fully correctly using CBREAK mode and not using SIGIO.
Therefore, this mode is the default when running under 4.3.
This mode corresponds to `nil' as the first argument to
`set-input-mode'.  You can still select either mode by calling
that function.

* Information on memory usage.

The new variable `data-bytes-used' contains the number
of bytes of impure space allocated in Emacs.
`data-bytes-free' contains the number of additional bytes
Emacs could allocate.  Note that space formerly allocated
and freed again still counts as `used', since it is still
in Emacs's address space.

* No limit on size of output from `format'.

The string output from `format' used to be truncated to
100 characters in length.  Now it can have any length.

* New errors `void-variable' and `void-function' replace `void-symbol'.

This change makes it possible to have error messages that
clearly distinguish undefined variables from undefined functions.
It also allows `condition-case' to handle one case without the other.

* `replace-match' handling of `\'.

In `replace-match', when the replacement is not literal,
`\' in the replacement string is always treated as an
escape marker.  The only two special `\' constructs
are `\&' and `\DIGIT', so `\' followed by anything other than
`&' or a digit has no effect.  `\\' is necessary to include
a `\' in the replacement text.

This level of escaping is comparable with what goes on in
a regular expression.  It is over and above the level of `\'
escaping that goes on when strings are read in Lisp syntax.

* New error `invalid-regexp'.

A regexp search signals this type of error if the argument does
not meet the rules for regexp syntax.

* `kill-emacs' with argument.

If the argument is a number, it is returned as the exit status code
of the Emacs process.  If the argument is a string, its contents
are stuffed as pending terminal input, to be read by another program
after Emacs is dead.

* New fifth argument to `subst-char-in-region'.

This argument is optional and defaults to `nil'.  If it is not `nil',
then the substitutions made by this function are not recorded
in the Undo mechanism.

This feature should be used with great care.  It is now used
by Outline mode to make lines visible or invisible.

* ` *Backtrace*' buffer renamed to `*Backtrace*'.

As a result, you can now reselect this buffer easily if you switch to
another while in the debugger.

Exiting from the debugger kills the `*Backtrace*' buffer, so you will
not try to give commands in it when no longer really in the debugger.

* New function `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.

This is the new primitive to select a specified buffer (the
argument)  in another window.  It is not quite the same as
`pop-to-buffer', because it is guaranteed to create another
window (assuming there is room on the screen) so that it can
leave the current window's old buffer displayed as well.

All functions to select a buffer in another window should
do so by calling this new function.

* New variable `minibuffer-help-form'.

At entry to the minibuffer, the variable `help-form' is bound
to the value of `minibuffer-help-form'.

`help-form' is expected at all times to contain either `nil'
or an expression to be executed when C-h is typed (overriding
teh definition of C-h as a command).  `minibuffer-help-form'
can be used to provide a different default way of handling
C-h while in the minibuffer.

* New \{...} documentation construct.

It is now possible to set up the documentation string for
a major mode in such a way that it always describes the contents
of the major mode's keymap, as it has been customized.
To do this, include in the documentation string the characters `\{'
followed by the name of the variable containing the keymap,
terminated with `}'.  (The `\' at the beginning probably needs to
be quoted with a second `\', to include it in the doc string.)
This construct is normally used on a line by itself, with no blank
lines before or after.

For example, the documentation string for the function `c-mode' contains
    ...
    Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
    Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
    \\{c-mode-map}
    Variables controlling indentation style:
    ...

* New character syntax class "punctuation".

Punctuation characters behave like whitespace in word and
list parsing, but can be distinguished in regexps and in the
function `char-syntax'.  Punctuation syntax is represented by
a period in `modify-syntax-entry'.

* `auto-mode-alist' no longer needs entries for backup-file names,

Backup suffixes of all kinds are now stripped from a file's name
before searching `auto-mode-alist'.

Changes in Emacs 16

* No special code for Ambassadors, VT-100's and Concept-100's.

Emacs now controls these terminals based on the termcap entry, like
all other terminals.  Formerly it did not refer to the termcap entries
for those terminal types, and often the termcap entries for those
terminals are wrong or inadequate.  If you experience worse behavior
on these terminals than in version 15, you can probably correct it by
fixing up the termcap entry.  See ./TERMS for more info.

See ./TERMS in any case if you find that some terminal does not work
right with Emacs now.

* Minibuffer default completion character is TAB (and not ESC).

So that ESC can be used in minibuffer for more useful prefix commands.

* C-z suspends Emacs in all modes.

Formerly, C-z was redefined for other purposes by certain modes,
such as Buffer Menu mode.  Now other keys are used for those purposes,
to keep the meaning of C-z uniform.

* C-x ESC (repeat-complex-command) allows editing the command it repeats.

Instead of asking for confirmation to re-execute a command from the
command history, the command is placed, in its Lisp form, into the
minibuffer for editing.  You can confirm by typing RETURN, change some
arguments and then confirm, or abort with C-g.

* Incremental search does less redisplay on slow terminals.

If the terminal baud rate is <= the value of `isearch-slow-speed',
incremental searching outside the text on the screen creates
a single-line window and uses that to display the line on which
a match has been found.  Exiting or quitting the search restores
the previous window configuration and redisplays the window you
were searching in.

The initial value of `isearch-slow-speed' is 1200.

This feature is courtesy of crl@@purdue.

* Recursive minibuffers not allowed.

If the minibuffer window is selected, most commands that would
use the minibuffer gets an error instead.  (Specific commands
may override this feature and therefore still be allowed.)

Strictly speaking, recursive entry to the minibuffer is still
possible, because you can switch to another window after
entering the minibuffer, and then minibuffer-using commands
are allowed.  This is still allowed by a deliberate decision:
if you know enough to switch windows while in the minibuffer,
you can probably understand recursive minibuffers.

This may be overridden by binding the variable
`enable-recursive-minibuffers' to t.

* New major mode Emacs-Lisp mode, for editing Lisp code to run in Emacs.

The mode in which emacs lisp files is edited is now called emacs-lisp-mode
and is distinct from lisp-mode.  The latter is intended for use with
lisps external to emacs.

The hook which is funcalled (if non-nil) on entry to elisp-mode is now
called emacs-lisp-mode-hook.  A consequence of this changes is that
.emacs init files which set the value of lisp-mode-hook may need to be
changed to use the new names.

* Correct matching of parentheses is checked on insertion.

When you insert a close-paren, the matching open-paren
is checked for validity.  The close paren must be the kind
of close-paren that the open-paren says it should match.
Otherwise, a warning message is printed.  close-paren immediately
preceded by quoting backslash syntax character is not matched. 

This feature was originally written by shane@@mit-ajax.

* M-x list-command-history
* M-x command-history-mode
* M-x electric-command-history

`list-command-history' displays forms from the command history subject
to user controlled filtering and limit on number of forms.  It leaves
the buffer in `command-history-mode'.  M-x command-history-mode
recomputes the command history each time it is invoked via
`list-command-history'.  It is like Emacs-Lisp mode except that characters
don't insert themselves and provision is made for re-evaluating an
expression from the list.  `electric-command-history' pops up a type
out window with the command history displayed.  If the very next
character is Space, the window goes away and the previous window
configuration is restored.  Otherwise you can move around in the
history and select an expression for evaluation *inside* the buffer
which invoked `electric-command-history'.  The original window
configuration is restored on exit unless the command selected changes
it.

* M-x edit-picture

Enters a temporary major mode (the previous major mode is remembered
and can is restored on exit) designed for editing pictures and tables.
Printing characters replace rather than insert themselves with motion
afterwards that is user controlled (you can specify any of the 8
compass directions).  Special commands for movement are provided.
Special commands for hacking tabs and tab stops are provided.  Special
commands for killing rectangles and overlaying them are provided.  See
the documentation of function  edit-picture  for more details.

Calls value of `edit-picture-hook' on entry if non-nil.

* Stupid C-s/C-q `flow control' supported.

Do (set-input-mode nil t) to tell Emacs to use CBREAK mode and interpret
C-s and C-q as flow control commands.  (set-input-mode t nil) switches
back to interrupt-driven input.  (set-input-mode nil nil) uses CBREAK
mode but no `flow control'; this may make it easier to run Emacs under
certain debuggers that have trouble dealing with inferiors that use SIGIO.

CBREAK mode has certain inherent disadvantages, which are why it is
not the default:

     Meta-keys are ignored; CBREAK mode discards the 8th bit of
     input characters.

     Control-G as keyboard input discards buffered output,
     and therefore can cause incorrect screen updating.

The use of `flow control' has its own additional disadvantage: the
characters C-s and C-q are not available as editing commands.  You can
partially compensate for this by setting up a keyboard-translate-table
(see file ONEWS) that maps two other characters (such as C-^ and C-\) into
C-s and C-q.  Of course, C-^ and C-\ are commonly used as escape
characters in remote-terminal programs.  You really can't win except
by getting rid of this sort of `flow control.'

The configuration switch CBREAK_INPUT is now eliminated.
INTERRUPT_INPUT exists only to specify the default mode of operation;
#define it to make interrupt-driven input the default.

* Completion of directory names provides a slash.

If file name completion yields the name of a directory,
a slash is appended to it.

* Undo can clear modified-flag.

If you undo changes in a buffer back to a state in which the
buffer was not considered "modified", then it is labelled as
once again "unmodified".

* M-x run-lisp.

This command creates an inferior Lisp process whose input and output
appear in the Emacs buffer named `*lisp*'.  That buffer uses a major mode
called inferior-lisp-mode, which has many of the commands of lisp-mode
and those of shell-mode.   Calls the value of shell-mode-hook and
lisp-mode-hook, in that order, if non-nil.

Meanwhile, in lisp-mode, the command C-M-x is defined to
send the current defun as input to the `*lisp*' subprocess.

* Mode line says `Narrow' when buffer is clipped.

If a buffer has a clipping restriction (made by `narrow-to-region')
then its mode line contains the word `Narrow' after the major and
minor modes.

* Mode line says `Abbrev' when abbrev mode is on.

* add-change-log-entry takes prefix argument

Giving a prefix argument makes it prompt for login name, full name,
and site name, with defaults.  Otherwise the defaults are used
with no confirmation.

* M-x view-buffer and M-x view-file

view-buffer selects the named buffer, view-file finds the named file; the
resulting buffer is placed into view-mode (a recursive edit).  The normal
emacs commands are not available.  Instead a set of special commands is
provided which faclitate moving around in the buffer, searching and
scrolling by screenfuls.  Exiting view-mode returns to the buffer in which
the view-file or view-buffer command was given.
Type ? or h when viewing for a complete list of view commands.
Each calls value of `view-hook' if non-nil on entry.

written by shane@@mit-ajax.

* New key commands in dired.

`v' views (like more) the file on the current line.
`#' marks auto-save files for deletion.
`~' marks backup files for deletion.
`r' renames a file and updates the directory listing if the
file is renamed to same directory.
`c' copies a file and updates the directory listing if the file is
copied to the same directory.

* New function `electric-buffer-list'.

This pops up a buffer describing the set of emacs buffers.
Immediately typing space makes the buffer list go away and returns
to the buffer and window which were previously selected.

Otherwise one may use the c-p and c-n commands to move around in the
buffer-list buffer and type Space or C-z to select the buffer on the
cursor's line.  There are a number of other commands which are the same
as those of buffer-menu-mode.

This is a useful thing to bind to c-x c-b in your `.emacs' file if the
rather non-standard `electric' behaviour of the buffer list suits your taste.
Type C-h after invoking electric-buffer-list for more information.

Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' if non-nil on entry.
Calls value of `after-electric-buffer-menu' on exit (select) if non-nil.

Changes in version 16 for mail reading and sending

* sendmail prefix character is C-c (and not C-z).  New command C-c w.

For instance C-c C-c (or C-c C-s) sends mail now rather than C-z C-z.
C-c w inserts your `signature' (contents of ~/.signature) at the end
of mail.

* New feature in C-c y command in sending mail.

C-c y is the command to insert the message being replied to.
Normally it deletes most header fields and indents everything
by three spaces.

Now, C-c y does not delete header fields or indent.
C-c y with any other numeric argument does delete most header
fields, but indents by the amount specified in the argument.

* C-r command in Rmail edits current message.

It does this by switching to a different major mode
which is nearly the same as Text mode.  The only difference
between it and text mode are the two command C-c and C-].
C-c is defined to switch back to Rmail mode, and C-]
is defined to restore the original contents of the message
and then switch back to Rmail mode.

C-c and C-] are the only ways "back into Rmail", but you
can switch to other buffers and edit them as usual.
C-r in Rmail changes only the handling of the Rmail buffer.

* Rmail command `t' toggles header display.

Normally Rmail reformats messages to hide most header fields.
`t' switches to display of all the header fields of the
current message, as long as it remains current.
Another `t' switches back to the usual display.

* Rmail command '>' goes to the last message.

* Rmail commands `a' and `k' set message attributes.
`a' adds an attribute and `k' removes one.  You specify
the attrbute by name.  You can specify either a built-in
flag such as "deleted" or "filed", or a user-defined keyword
(anything not recognized as built-in).

* Rmail commands `l' and `L' summarize by attributes.

These commands create a summary with one line per message,
like `h', but they list only some of the messages.  You
specify which attribute (for `l') or attributes (for `L')
the messages should have.

* Rmail can parse mmdf mail files.

* Interface to MH mail system.

mh-e is a front end for GNU emacs and the MH mail system.  It
provides a friendly and convient interface to the MH commands.

To read mail, invoke mh-rmail.  This will inc new mail and display the
scan listing on the screen.  To see a summary of the mh-e commands,
type ?.  Help is available through the usual facilities.

To send mail, invoke mh-smail.

mh-e requires a copy of MH.5 that has been compiled with the MHE
compiler switch.

From larus@@berkeley.

New hooks and parameters in version 16

* New variable `blink-matching-paren-distance'.

This is the maximum number of characters to search for
an open-paren to match an inserted close-paren.
The matching open-paren is shown and checked if it is found
within this distance.

`nil' means search all the way to the beginning of the buffer.
In this case, a warning message is printed if no matching
open-paren is found.

This feature was originally written by shane@@mit-ajax.

* New variable `find-file-run-dired'

If nil, find-file will report an error if an attempt to visit a
directory is detected; otherwise, it runs dired on that directory.
The default is t.

* Variable `dired-listing-switches' holds switches given to `ls' by dired.

The value should be a string containing `-' followed by letters.
The letter `l' had better be included and letter 'F' had better be excluded!
The default is "-al".

This feature was originally written by shane@@mit-ajax.

* New variable `display-time-day-and-date'.

If this variable is set non-`nil', the function M-x display-time
displays the day and date, as well as the time.

* New parameter `c-continued-statement-indent'.

This controls the extra indentation given to a line
that continues a C statement started on the previous line.
By default it is 2, which is why you would see

	if (foo)
	  bar ();


* Changed meaning of `c-indent-level'.

The value of `c-brace-offset' used to be
subtracted from the value of `c-indent-level' whenever
that value was used.  Now it is not.

As a result, `c-indent-level' is now the offset of
statements within a block, relative to the line containing
the open-brace that starts the block.

* turn-on-auto-fill is useful value for text-mode-hook.

(setq text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
is all you have to do to make sure Auto Fill mode is turned
on whenever you enter Text mode.

* Parameter explicit-shell-file-name for M-x shell.

This variable, if non-nil, specifies the file name to use
for the shell to run if you do M-x shell.

Changes in version 16 affecting Lisp programming:

* Documentation strings adapt to customization.

Often the documentation string for a command wants to mention
another command.  Simply stating the other command as a
character sequence has a disadvantage: if the user customizes
Emacs by moving that function to a different command, the
cross reference in the documentation becomes wrong.

A new feature allows you to write the documentation string
using a function name, and the command to run that function
is looked up when the documentation is printed.

If a documentation string contains `\[' (two characters) then
the following text, up to the next `]', is taken as a function name.
Instead of printing that function name, the command that runs it is printed.
(M-x is used to construct a command if no shorter one exists.)

For example, instead of putting `C-n' in a documentation string
to refer to the C-n command, put in `\[next-line]'.  (In practice
you will need to quote the backslash with another backslash,
due to the syntax for strings in Lisp and C.)

To include the literal characters `\[' in a documentation string,
precede them with `\='.  To include the characters `\=', precede
them with `\='.  For example, "\\=\\= is the way to quote \\=\\["
will come out as `\= is the way to quote \['.

The new function `substitute-command-keys' takes a string possibly
contaning \[...] constructs and replaces those constructs with
the key sequences they currently stand for.

* Primitives `find-line-comment' and `find-line-comment-body' flushed.

Search for the value of `comment-start-skip' if you want to find
whether and where a line has a comment.

* New function `auto-save-file-name-p'

Should return non-`nil' iff given a string which is the name of an
auto-save file (sans directory name).  If you redefine
`make-auto-save-file-name', you should redefine this accordingly.  By
default, this function returns `t' for filenames beginning with
character `#'.

* The value of `exec-directory' now ends in a slash.

This is to be compatible with most directory names in GNU Emacs.

* Dribble files and termscript files.

(open-dribble-file FILE) opens a dribble file named FILE.  When a
dribble file is open, every character Emacs reads from the terminal is
written to the dribble file.

(open-termscript FILE) opens a termscript file named FILE.  When a
termscript file is open, all characters sent to the terminal by Emacs
are also written in the termscript file.

The two of these together are very useful for debugging Emacs problems
in redisplay.

* Upper case command characters by default are same as lower case.

If a character in a command is an upper case letter, and is not defined,
Emacs uses the definition of the corresponding lower case letter.
For example, if C-x U is not directly undefined, it is treated as
a synonym for C-x u (undo).

* Undefined function errors versus undefined variable errors.

Void-symbol errors now say "boundp" if the symbol's value was void
or "fboundp" if the function definition was void.

* New function `bury-buffer'.

The new function `bury-buffer' takes one argument, a buffer object,
and puts that buffer at the end of the internal list of buffers.
So it is the least preferred candidate for use as the default value
of C-x b, or for other-buffer to return.

* Already-displayed buffers have low priority for display.

When a buffer is chosen automatically for display, or to be the
default in C-x b, buffers already displayed in windows have lower
priority than buffers not currently visible.

* `set-window-start' accepts a third argument NOFORCE.

This argument, if non-nil, prevents the window's force_start flag
from being set.  Setting the force_start flag causes the next
redisplay to insist on starting display at the specified starting
point, even if dot must be moved to get it onto the screen.

* New function `send-string-to-terminal'.

This function takes one argument, a string, and outputs its contents
to the terminal exactly as specified: control characters, escape
sequences, and all.

* Keypad put in command mode.

The terminal's keypad is now put into command mode, as opposed to
numeric mode, while Emacs is running.  This is done by means of the
termcap `ks' and `ke' strings.

* New function `generate-new-buffer'

This function takes a string as an argument NAME and looks for a
creates and returns a buffer called NAME if one did not already exist.
Otherwise, it successively tries appending suffixes of the form "<1>",
"<2>" etc to NAME until it creates a string which does not name an
existing buffer.  A new buffer with that name is the created and returned.

* New function `prin1-to-string'
This function takes one argument, a lisp object, and returns a string
containing that object's printed representation, such as `prin1'
would output.

* New function `read-from-minibuffer'
Lets you supply a prompt, initial-contents, a keymap, and specify
whether the result should be interpreted as a string or a lisp object.

Old functions `read-minibuffer', `eval-minibuffer', `read-string' all
take second optional string argument which is initial contents of
minibuffer. 

* minibuffer variable names changed (names of keymaps)

minibuf-local-map -> minibuffer-local-map
minibuf-local-ns-map -> minibuffer-local-ns-map
minibuf-local-completion-map -> minibuffer-local-completion-map
minibuf-local-must-match-map -> minibuffer-local-must-match-map

Changes in version 16 affecting configuring and building Emacs

* Configuration switch VT100_INVERSE eliminated.

You can control the use of inverse video on any terminal by setting
the variable `inverse-video', or by changing the termcap entry.  If
you like, set `inverse-video' in your `.emacs' file based on
examination of (getenv "TERM").

* New switch `-batch' makes Emacs run noninteractively.

If the switch `-batch' is used, Emacs treats its standard output
and input like ordinary files (even if they are a terminal).
It does not display buffers or windows; the only output to standard output
is what would appear as messages in the echo area, and each
message is followed by a newline.

The terminal modes are not changed, so that C-z and C-c retain
their normal Unix meanings.  Emacs does still read commands from
the terminal, but the idea of `-batch' is that you use it with
other command line arguments that tell Emacs a complete task to perform,
including killing itself.  `-kill' used as the last argument is a good
way to accomplish this.

The Lisp variable `noninteractive' is now defined, to be `nil'
except when `-batch' has been specified.

* Emacs can be built with output redirected to a file.

This is because -batch (see above) is now used in building Emacs.

For older news, see the file ONEWS.

----------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright information:

Copyright (C) 1985 Richard M. Stallman

   Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
   of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
   copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
   thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.

   Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
   of this document, or of portions of it,
   under the above conditions, provided also that they
   carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.

Local variables:
mode: text
end:
@


1.1.1.1
log
@import emacs-18.59
@
text
@@


1.1.1.2
log
@import emacs-19.7
@
text
@d1 2
a2 2
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  1992.
Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
a3 2

For older news, see the file OONEWS.
d5 1
a5 1
Changes in version 18.58.
d7 1
a7 1
* RMAIL reply now properly parses nested comments in addesses.
d9 1
a9 3
* The "visual bell" feature when used with X windows
now flashes only 1/4 of the window's total area.  This is because
flashing the whole window is too slow on some systems.
d11 1
a11 3
* `call-process' and `call-process-region' now return an indication
of the exit status of the subprocess: either a numeric exit code
or a string describing the signal which caused termination.
d13 1
a13 3
* It is possible for regular expression matching to overflow the stack
of failure points.  In the past, such overflow was treated as simple
failure to match.  Now it causes an error.
d15 1
a15 2
* You can use C-u to end a numeric argument.  Thus, type C-u 1 0 0 C-u 1
to insert 100 1's.
d17 1
a17 1
* Emacs now knows how to get resource values from the X server.
d19 2
a20 2
* Job control commands in shell mode work properly on more systems
because they now work by "typing" signal characters such as C-c.
d22 4
a25 5
* copy-keymap no longer recursively copies keymaps reached through
symbols' function definitions (i.e., those that have names).  It does
copy nested keymaps that appear directly in the other copied keymaps.

Changes in version 18.56.
d27 1
a27 2
* C-g should now work to interrupt a running program
on all kinds of systems even when using X windows.
d29 4
a32 4
* Quitting is inhibited while a filter or sentinel is running.
Those functions can run asynchronously while Emacs is waiting
for keyboard input, and if they allow quitting, they
make the behavior of C-g unpredictable.
d34 1
a34 2
* Storing text into the X windows cut buffer
now clears out any selection.
d36 1
a36 4
* The undo facility is completely rewritten, and now
uses Lisp data structures.  It can record much more
information.  You can use the variables undo-threshold
and undo-high-threshold to control how much.
d38 1
a38 3
* There is no longer a maximum screen height or width. 

Changes in version 18.52.
d40 3
a42 1
* X windows version 10 is supported under system V.
d44 1
a44 2
* Pop-up menus are now supported with the same Lisp interface in
both version 10 and 11 of X windows.
d46 2
a47 1
* C-x 4 a is a new command to edit a change-log entry in another window.
d49 1
a49 4
* The emacs client program now allows an option +NNN to specify the
line number to go to in the file whose name follows.  Thus,
    emacsclient foo.c +45 bar.c
will find the files `foo.c' and `bar.c', going to line 45 in `bar.c'.
d51 2
a52 1
* Dired allows empty directories to be deleted like files.
d54 1
a54 7
* When the terminal type is used to find a terminal-specific file to
run, Emacs now tries the entire terminal type first.  If that doesn't
yield a file that exists, the last hyphen and what follows it is
stripped.  If that doesn't yield a file that exists, the previous
hyphen is stripped, and so on until all hyphens are gone.  For
example, if the terminal type is `aaa-48-foo', Emacs will try first
`term/aaa-48-foo.el', then `term/aaa-48.el' and finally `term/aaa.el'.
d56 1
a56 1
Underscores now receive the same treatment as hyphens.
d58 4
a61 2
* Texinfo features: @@defun, etc.  texinfo-show-structure.
New template commands.  texinfo-format-region.
d63 4
a66 2
* The special "local variable" `eval' is now ignored if you are running
as root.
d68 2
a69 3
* New command `c-macro-expand' shows the result of C macro expansion
in the region.  It works using the C preprocessor, so its results
are completely accurate.
d71 4
a74 1
* Errors in trying to auto save now flash error messages for a few seconds.
d76 2
a77 1
* Killing a buffer now sends SIGHUP to the buffer's process.
d79 2
a80 1
* New hooks.
d82 9
a90 4
** `spell-region' now allows you to filter the text before spelling-checking.
If the value of `spell-filter' is non-nil, it is called, with no arguments,
looking at a temporary buffer containing a copy of the text to be checked.
It can alter the text freely before the spell program sees it.
d92 3
a94 2
** The variable `lpr-command' now specifies the command to be used when
you use the commands to print text (such as M-x print-buffer).
d96 8
a103 2
** Posting netnews now calls the value of `news-inews-hook' (if not nil)
as a function of no arguments before the actual posting.
d105 1
a105 2
** Rmail now calls the value of `rmail-show-message-hook' (if not nil)
as a function of no arguments, each time a new message is selected.
d107 3
a109 2
** `kill-emacs' calls the value of `kill-emacs-hook' as a function of no args
unless Emacs is running in batch mode.
d111 6
a116 2
* New libraries.
See the source code of each library for more information.
d118 3
a120 1
** icon.el: a major mode for editing programs written in Icon.
d122 4
a125 2
** life.el: a simulator for the cellular automaton "life".  Load the
library and run M-x life.
d127 1
a127 2
** doctex.el: a library for converting the Emacs `etc/DOC' file of
documentation strings into TeX input.
d129 4
a132 3
** saveconf.el: a library which records the arrangement of windows and
buffers when you exit Emacs, and automatically recreates the same
setup the next time you start Emacs.
d134 1
a134 2
** uncompress.el: a library that automatically uncompresses files
when you visit them.
d136 4
a139 1
** c-fill.el: a mode for editing filled comments in C.
d141 1
a141 1
** kermit.el: an extended version of shell-mode designed for running kermit.
d143 3
a145 2
** spook.el: a library for adding some "distract the NSA" keywords to every
message you send.
d147 1
a147 2
** hideif.el: a library for hiding parts of a C program based on preprocessor
conditionals.
d149 5
a153 3
** autoinsert.el: a library to put in some initial text when you visit
a nonexistent file.  The text used depends on the major mode, and
comes from a directory of files created by you.
d155 1
a155 1
* New programming features.
d157 3
a159 3
** The variable `window-system-version' now contains the version number
of the window system you are using (if appropriate).  When using X windows,
its value is either 10 or 11.
d161 1
a161 2
** (interactive "N") uses the prefix argument if any; otherwise, it reads
a number using the minibuffer.
d163 2
a164 4
** VMS: there are two new functions `vms-system-info' and `shrink-to-icon'.
The former allows you to get many kinds of system status information.
See its self-documentation for full details.
The second is used with the window system: it iconifies the Emacs window.
d166 1
a166 5
** VMS: the new function `define-logical-name' allows you to create
job-wide logical names.  The old function `define-dcl-symbol' has been
removed.

Changes in version 18.50.
d168 5
a172 1
* X windows version 11 is supported.
d174 2
a175 1
Define X11 in config.h if you want X version 11 instead of version 10.
d177 1
a177 2
* The command M-x gdb runs the GDB debugger as an inferior.
It asks for the filename of the executable you want to debug.
d179 1
a179 5
GDB runs as an inferior with I/O through an Emacs buffer.  All the
facilities of Shell mode are available.  In addition, each time your
program stops, and each time you select a new stack frame, the source
code is displayed in another window with an arrow added to the line
where the program is executing.
d181 5
a185 3
Special GDB-mode commands include M-s, M-n, M-i, M-u, M-d, and C-c C-f
which send the GDB commands `step', `next', `stepi', `up', `down'
and `finish'.
d187 3
a189 2
In any source file, the commands C-x SPC tells GDB to set a breakpoint
on the current line.
d191 1
a191 1
* M-x calendar displays a three-month calendar.
d193 3
a195 1
* C-u 0 C-x C-s never makes a backup file.
d197 1
a197 1
This is a way you can explicitly request not to make a backup.
d199 5
a203 1
* `term-setup-hook' is for users only.
d205 3
a207 3
Emacs never uses this variable for internal purposes, so you can freely
set it in your `.emacs' file to make Emacs do something special after
loading any terminal-specific setup file from `lisp/term'.
d209 1
a209 1
* `copy-keymap' now copies recursive submaps.
d211 2
a212 1
* New overlay-arrow feature.
d214 5
a218 5
If you set the variable `overlay-arrow-string' to a string
and `overlay-arrow-position' to a marker, that string is displayed on
the screen at the position of that marker, hiding whatever text would
have appeared there.  If that position isn't on the screen, or if
the buffer the marker points into isn't displayed, there is no effect.
d220 2
a221 1
* -batch mode can read from the terminal.
d223 2
a224 2
It now works to use `read-char' to do terminal input in a noninteractive
Emacs run.  End of file causes Emacs to exit.
d226 1
a226 1
* Variables `data-bytes-used' and `data-bytes-free' removed.
d228 1
a228 5
These variables cannot really work because the 24-bit range of an
integer in (most ports of) GNU Emacs is not large enough to hold their
values on many systems.

Changes in version 18.45, since version 18.41.
d230 1
a230 1
* C indentation parameter `c-continued-brace-offset'.
d232 2
a233 3
This parameter's value is added to the indentation of any
line that is in a continuation context and starts with an open-brace.
For example, it applies to the open brace shown here:
d235 1
a235 2
     if (x)
       {
d237 4
a240 1
The default value is zero.
d242 1
a242 1
* Dabbrev expansion (Meta-/) preserves case.
d244 3
a246 4
When you use Meta-/ to search the buffer for an expansion of an
abbreviation, if the expansion found is all lower case except perhaps
for its first letter, then the case pattern of the abbreviation
is carried over to the expansion that replaces it.
d248 1
a248 1
* TeX-mode syntax.
d250 2
a251 3
\ is no longer given "escape character" syntax in TeX mode.  It now
has the syntax of an ordinary punctuation character.  As a result,
\[...\] and such like are considered to balance each other.
d253 2
a254 1
* Mail-mode automatic Reply-to field.
d256 1
a256 3
If the variable `mail-default-reply-to' is non-`nil', then each time
you start to compose a message, a Reply-to field is inserted with
its contents taken from the value of `mail-default-reply-to'.
d258 2
a259 1
* Where is your .emacs file?
d261 1
a261 3
If you run Emacs under `su', so your real and effective uids are
different, Emacs uses the home directory associated with the real uid
(the name you actually logged in under) to find the .emacs file.
d263 3
a265 2
Otherwise, Emacs uses the environment variable HOME to find the .emacs
file.
d267 1
a267 1
The .emacs file is not loaded at all if -batch is specified.
d269 1
a269 1
* Prolog mode is the default for ".pl" files.
d271 1
a271 1
* File names are not case-sensitive on VMS.
d273 3
a275 2
On VMS systems, all file names that you specify are converted to upper
case.  You can use either upper or lower case indiscriminately.
d277 3
a279 1
* VMS-only function 'define-dcl-symbol'.
d281 1
a281 4
This is a new name for the function formerly called
`define-logical-name'.

Editing Changes in Emacs 18
d283 4
a286 1
* Additional systems and machines are supported.
d288 1
a288 6
GNU Emacs now runs on Vax VMS.  However, many facilities that are normally
implemented by running subprocesses do not work yet.  This includes listing
a directory and sending mail.  There are features for running subprocesses
but they are incompatible with those on Unix.  I hope that some of
the VMS users can reimplement these features for VMS (compatibly for
the user, if possible).
d290 6
a295 4
VMS wizards are also asked to work on making the subprocess facilities
more upward compatible with those on Unix, and also to rewrite their
internals to use the same Lisp objects that are used on Unix to
represent processes.
d297 1
a297 7
In addition, the TI Nu machine running Unix system V, the AT&T 3b, and
the Wicat, Masscomp, Integrated Solutions, Alliant, Amdahl uts, Mips,
Altos 3068 and Gould Unix systems are now supported.  The IBM PC-RT is
supported under 4.2, but not yet under system V.  The GEC 93 is close
to working.  The port for the Elxsi is partly merged.  See the file
MACHINES for full status information and machine-specific installation
advice.
d299 6
a304 1
* Searching is faster.
d306 3
a308 3
Forward search for a text string, or for a regexp that is equivalent
to a text string, is now several times faster.  Motion by lines and
counting lines is also faster.
d310 1
a310 1
* Memory usage improvements.
d312 2
a313 6
It is no longer possible to run out of memory during garbage
collection.  As a result, running out of memory is never fatal.  This
is due to a new garbage collection algorithm which compactifies
strings in place rather than copying them.  Another consequence of the
change is a reduction in total memory usage and a slight increase in
garbage collection speed.
d315 2
a316 1
* Display changes.
d318 1
a318 1
** Editing above top of screen.
d320 3
a322 4
When you delete or kill or alter text that reaches to the top of the
screen or above it, so that display would start in the middle of a
line, Emacs will usually attempt to scroll the text so that display
starts at the beginning of a line again.
d324 1
a324 1
** Yanking in the minibuffer.
d326 2
a327 3
The message "Mark Set" is no longer printed when the minibuffer is
active.  This is convenient with many commands, including C-y, that
normally print such a message.
d329 1
a329 1
** Cursor appears in last line during y-or-n questions.
d331 2
a332 2
Questions that want a `y' or `n' answer now move the cursor
to the last line, following the question.
d334 1
a334 1
* Library loading changes.
d336 6
a341 6
`load' now considers all possible suffixes (`.elc', `.el' and none)
for each directory in `load-path' before going on to the next directory.
It now accepts an optional fourth argument which, if non-nil, says to
use no suffixes; then the file name must be given in full.  The search
of the directories in `load-path' goes on as usual in this case, but
it too can be prevented by passing an absolute file name.
d343 2
a344 6
The value of `load-path' no longer by default includes nil (meaning to
look in the current default directory).  The idea is that `load' should
be used to search the path only for libraries to be found in the standard
places.  If you want to override system libraries with your own, place
your own libraries in one special directory and add that directory to the
front of `load-path'.
d346 3
a348 5
The function `load' is no longer a command; that is to say, `M-x load'
is no longer allowed.  Instead, there are two commands for loading files.
`M-x load-library' is equivalent to the old meaning of `M-x load'.
`M-x load-file' reads a file name with completion and defaulting
and then loads exactly that file, with no searching and no suffixes.
d350 1
a350 1
* Emulation of other editors.
d352 3
a354 1
** `edt-emulation-on' starts emulating DEC's EDT editor.
d356 1
a356 1
Do `edt-emulation-off' to return Emacs to normal.
d358 3
a360 1
** `vi-mode' and `vip-mode' starts emulating vi.
d362 1
a362 2
These are two different vi emulations provided by GNU Emacs users.
We are interested in feedback as to which emulation is preferable.
d364 2
a365 2
See the documentation and source code for these functions
for more information.
d367 1
a367 1
** `set-gosmacs-bindings' emulates Gosling Emacs.
d369 2
a370 3
This command changes many global bindings to resemble those of
Gosling Emacs.  The previous bindings are saved and can be restored using
`set-gnu-bindings'.
d372 3
a374 1
* Emulation of a display terminal.
d376 2
a377 2
Within Emacs it is now possible to run programs (such as emacs or
supdup) which expect to do output to a visual display terminal.
d379 1
a379 1
See the function `terminal-emulator' for more information.
d381 2
a382 1
* New support for keypads and function keys.
d384 8
a391 2
There is now a first attempt at terminal-independent support for
keypad and function keys.
d393 2
a394 5
Emacs now defines a standard set of key-names for function and keypad
keys, and provides standard hooks for defining them.  Most of the
standard key-names have default definitions built into Emacs; you can
override these in a terminal-independent manner.  The default definitions
and the conventions for redefining them are in the file `lisp/keypad.el'.
d396 3
a398 6
These keys on the terminal normally work by sending sequences of
characters starting with ESC.  The exact sequences used vary from
terminal to terminal.  Emacs interprets them in two stages:
in the first stage, terminal-dependent sequences are mapped into
the standard key-names; then second stage maps the standard key-names
into their definitions in a terminal-independent fashion.
d400 3
a402 4
The terminal-specific file `term/$TERM.el' now is responsible only for
establishing the mapping from the terminal's escape sequences into
standard key-names.  It no longer knows what Emacs commands are
assigned to the standard key-names.
d404 1
a404 5
One other change in terminal-specific files: if the value of the TERM
variable contains a hyphen, only the part before the first hyphen is
used in forming the name of the terminal-specific file.  Thus, for
terminal type `aaa-48', the file loaded is now `term/aaa.el' rather
than `term/aaa-48.el'.
d406 4
a409 1
* New startup command line options.
d411 1
a411 3
`-i FILE' or `-insert FILE' in the command line to Emacs tells Emacs to
insert the contents of FILE into the current buffer at that point in
command line processing.  This is like using the command M-x insert-file.
d413 4
a416 2
`-funcall', `-load', `-user' and `-no-init-file' are new synonyms for
`-f', `-l', `-u' and `-q'.
d418 2
a419 4
`-nw' means don't use a window system.  If you are using a terminal
emulator on the X window system and you want to run Emacs to work through
the terminal emulator instead of working directly with the window system,
use this switch.
d421 1
a421 1
* Buffer-sorting commands.
d423 1
a423 2
Various M-x commands whose names start with `sort-' sort parts of
the region:
d425 2
a426 13
sort-lines	divides the region into lines and sorts them alphabetically.
sort-pages	divides into pages and sorts them alphabetically.
sort-paragraphs	divides into paragraphs and sorts them alphabetically.
sort-fields	divides into lines and sorts them alphabetically
		according to one field in the line.
		The numeric argument specifies which field (counting
		from field 1 at the beginning of the line).  Fields in a line
		are separated by whitespace.
sort-numeric-fields
		is similar but converts the specified fields to numbers
		and sorts them numerically.
sort-columns	divides into lines and sorts them according to the contents
		of a specified range of columns.
d428 1
a428 1
Refer to the self-documentation of these commands for full usage information.
d430 1
a430 1
* Changes in various commands.
d432 4
a435 1
** `occur' output now serves as a menu.  `occur-menu' command deleted.
d437 3
a439 5
`M-x occur' now allows you to move quickly to any of the occurrences
listed.  Select the `*Occur*' buffer that contains the output of `occur',
move point to the occurrence you want, and type C-c C-c.
This will move point to the same occurrence in the buffer that the
occurrences were found in.
d441 4
a444 1
The command `occur-menu' is thus obsolete, and has been deleted.
d446 1
a446 2
One way to get a list of matching lines without line numbers is to
copy the text to another buffer and use the command `keep-lines'.
d448 4
a451 1
** Incremental search changes.
d453 1
a453 3
Ordinary and regexp incremental searches now have distinct default
search strings.  Thus, regexp searches recall only previous regexp
searches.
d455 2
a456 3
If you exit an incremental search when the search string is empty,
the old default search string is kept.  The default does not become
empty.
d458 1
a458 5
Reversing the direction of an incremental search with C-s or C-r
when the search string is empty now does not get the default search
string.  It leaves the search string empty.  A second C-s or C-r
will get the default search string.  As a result, you can do a reverse
incremental regexp search with C-M-s C-r.
d460 2
a461 5
If you add a `*', `?' or `\|' to an incremental search regexp,
point will back up if that is appropriate.  For example, if
you have searched for `ab' and add a `*', point moves to the
first match for `ab*', which may be before the match for `ab'
that was previously found.
d463 1
a463 3
If an incremental search is failing and you ask to repeat it,
it will start again from the beginning of the buffer (or the end,
if it is a backward search).
d465 3
a467 4
The search-controlling parameters `isearch-slow-speed' and
`isearch-slow-window-lines' have now been renamed to start with
`search' instead of `isearch'.  Now all the parameters' names start
with `search'.
d469 4
a472 3
If `search-slow-window-lines' is negative, the slow search window
is put at the top of the screen, and the absolute value or the
negative number specifies the height of it.
d474 1
a474 1
** Undo changes
d476 2
a477 2
The undo command now will mark the buffer as unmodified only when it is
identical to the contents of the visited file.
d479 1
a479 1
** C-M-v in minibuffer.
d481 6
a486 24
If while in the minibuffer you request help in a way that uses a
window to display something, then until you exit the minibuffer C-M-v
in the minibuffer window scrolls the window of help.

For example, if you request a list of possible completions, C-M-v can
be used reliably to scroll the completion list.

** M-TAB command.

Meta-TAB performs completion on the Emacs Lisp symbol names.  The sexp
in the buffer before point is compared against all existing nontrivial
Lisp symbols and completed as far as is uniquely determined by them.
Nontrivial symbols are those with either function definitions, values
or properties.

If there are multiple possibilities for the very next character, a
list of possible completions is displayed.

** Dynamic abbreviation package.

The new command Meta-/ expands an abbreviation in the buffer before point
by searching the buffer for words that start with the abbreviation.

** Changes in saving kbd macros.
d488 1
a488 7
The commands `write-kbd-macro' and `append-kbd-macro' have been
deleted.  The way to save a keyboard macro is to use the new command
`insert-kbd-macro', which inserts Lisp code to define the macro as
it is currently defined into the buffer before point.  Visit a Lisp
file such as your Emacs init file `~/.emacs', insert the macro
definition (perhaps deleting an old definition for the same macro)
and then save the file.
d490 4
a493 1
** C-x ' command.
d495 5
a499 2
The new command C-x ' (expand-abbrev) expands the word before point as
an abbrev, even if abbrev-mode is not turned on.
d501 3
a503 1
** Sending to inferior Lisp.
d505 2
a506 5
The command C-M-x in Lisp mode, which sends the current defun to
an inferior Lisp process, now works by writing the text into a temporary
file and actually sending only a `load'-form to load the file.
As a result, it avoids the Unix bugs that used to strike when the
text was above a certain length.
d508 1
a508 2
With a prefix argument, this command now makes the inferior Lisp buffer
appear on the screen and scrolls it so that the bottom is showing.
d510 2
a511 2
Two variables `inferior-lisp-load-command' and `inferior-lisp-prompt',
exist to customize these feature for different Lisp implementations.
d513 5
a517 1
** C-x n p now disabled.
d519 1
a519 2
The command C-x n p, a nonrecomended command which narrows to the current
page, is now initially disabled like C-x n n.
d521 1
a521 1
* Dealing with files.
d523 5
a527 1
** C-x C-v generalized
d529 1
a529 3
This command is now allowed even if the current buffer is not visiting
a file.  As usual, it kills the current buffer and replaces it with a
newly found file.
d531 5
a535 1
** M-x recover-file improved; auto save file names changed.
d537 1
a537 5
M-x recover-file now checks whether the last auto-save file is more
recent than the real visited file before offering to read in the
auto-save file.  If the auto-save file is newer, a directory listing
containing the two files is displayed while you are asked whether you
want the auto save file.
d539 4
a542 2
Visiting a file also makes this check.  If the auto-save file is more recent,
a message is printed suggesting that you consider using M-x recover file.
d544 2
a545 3
Auto save file names now by default have a `#' at the end as well
as at the beginning.  This is so that `*.c' in a shell command
will never match auto save files.
d547 1
a547 2
On VMS, auto save file names are made by appending `_$' at the front
and `$' at the end.
d549 3
a551 2
When you change the visited file name of a buffer, the auto save file
is now renamed to belong to the new visited file name.
d553 1
a553 3
You can customize the way auto save file names are made by redefining
the two functions `make-auto-save-file-name' and `auto-save-file-name-p',
both of which are defined in `files.el'.
d555 3
a557 1
** Modifying a buffer whose file is changed on disk is detected instantly.
d559 1
a559 4
On systems where clash detection (locking of files being edited) is
implemented, Emacs also checks the first time you modify a buffer
whether the file has changed on disk since it was last visited or saved.
If it has, you are asked to confirm that you want to change the buffer.
d561 2
a562 1
** Exiting Emacs offers to save `*mail*'.
d564 1
a564 4
Emacs can now know about buffers that it should offer to save on exit
even though they are not visiting files.  This is done for any buffer
which has a non-nil local value of `buffer-offer-save'.  By default,
Mail mode provides such a local value.
d566 3
a568 1
** Backup file changes.
d570 1
a570 4
If a backup file cannot be written in the directory of the visited file
due to fascist file protection, a backup file is now written in your home
directory as `~/%backup%~'.  Only one such file is made, ever, so only
the most recently made such backup is available.
d572 4
a575 2
When backup files are made by copying, the last-modification time of the
original file is now preserved in the backup copy.
d577 1
a577 1
** Visiting remote files.
d579 1
a579 5
On an internet host, you can now visit and save files on any other
internet host directly from Emacs with the commands M-x ftp-find-file
and M-x ftp-write-file.  Specify an argument of the form HOST:FILENAME.
Since standard internet FTP is used, the other host may be any kind
of machine and is not required to have any special facilities.
d581 5
a585 4
The first time any one remote host is accessed, you will be asked to
give the user name and password for use on that host.  FTP is reinvoked
each time you ask to use it, but previously specified user names and
passwords are remembered automatically.
d587 1
a587 1
** Dired `g' command.
d589 5
a593 2
`g' in Dired mode is equivalent to M-x revert-buffer; it causes the
current contents of the same directory to be read in.
d595 1
a595 1
* Changes in major modes.
d597 1
a597 1
** C mode indentation change.
d599 3
a601 3
The binding of Linefeed is no longer changed by C mode.  It once again
has its normal meaning, which is to insert a newline and then indent
afterward.
d603 5
a607 6
The old definition did one additional thing: it reindented the line
before the new newline.  This has been removed because it made the
command twice as slow.  The only time it was really useful was after the
insertion of an `else', since the fact of starting with `else' may change
the way that line is indented.  Now you will have to type TAB again
yourself to reindent the `else' properly.
d609 1
a609 5
If the variable `c-tab-always-indent' is set to `nil', the TAB command
in C mode, with no argument, will just insert a tab character if there
is non-whitespace preceding point on the current line.  Giving it a
prefix argument will force reindentation of the line (as well as
of the compound statement that begins after point, if any).
d611 3
a613 1
** Fortran mode now exists.
d615 1
a615 3
This mode provides commands for motion and indentation of Fortran code,
plus built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.  For details, see the manual
or the on-line documentation of the command `fortran-mode'.
d617 8
a624 1
** Scribe mode now exists.
d626 6
a631 2
This mode does something useful for editing files of Scribe input.
It is used automatically for files with names ending in ".mss".
d633 1
a633 1
** Modula2 and Prolog modes now exist.
d635 2
a636 2
These modes are for editing programs in the languages of the same names.
They can be selected with M-x modula-2-mode and M-x prolog-mode.
d638 1
a638 1
** Telnet mode changes.
d640 4
a643 2
The telnet mode special commands have now been assigned to C-c keys.
Most of them are the same as in Shell mode.
d645 1
a645 1
** Picture mode changes.
d647 4
a650 5
The special picture-mode commands to specify the direction of cursor
motion after insertion have been moved to C-c keys.  The commands to
specify diagonal motion were already C-c keys; they are unchanged.
The keys to specify horizontal or vertical motion are now
C-c < (left), C-c > (right), C-c ^ (up) and C-c . (down).
d652 1
a652 1
** Nroff mode comments.
d654 3
a656 3
Comments are now supported in Nroff mode.  The standard comment commands
such as M-; and C-x ; know how to insert, align and delete comments
that start with backslash-doublequote.
d658 4
a661 1
** LaTeX mode.
d663 3
a665 7
LaTeX mode now exists.  Use M-x latex-mode to select this mode, and
M-x plain-tex-mode to select the previously existing mode for Plain
TeX.  M-x tex-mode attempts to examine the contents of the buffer and
choose between latex-mode and plain-tex-mode accordingly; if the
buffer is empty or it cannot tell, the variable `TeX-default-mode'
controls the choice.  Its value should be the symbol for the mode to
be used.
d667 1
a667 2
The facilities for running TeX on all or part of the buffer
work with LaTeX as well.
d669 4
a672 1
Some new commands available in both modes:
d674 3
a676 8
C-c C-l		recenter the window showing the TeX output buffer
		 so most recent line of output can be seen.
C-c C-k		kill the TeX subprocess.
C-c C-q		show the printer queue.
C-c C-f		close a block (appropriate for LaTeX only).
		 If the current line contains a \begin{...},
		 this inserts an \end{...} on the following line
		 and puts point on a blank line between them.
d678 2
a679 1
** Outline mode changes.
d681 1
a681 2
Invisible lines in outline mode are now indicated by `...' at the
end of the previous visible line.
d683 6
a688 2
The special outline heading motion commands are now all on C-c keys.
A few new ones have been added.  Here is a full list:
d690 1
a690 7
C-c C-n   Move to next visible heading (formerly M-})
C-c C-p   Move to previous visible heading (formerly M-{)
C-c C-f   Move to next visible heading at the same level.
	   Thus, if point is on a level-2 heading line,
	   this command moves to the next visible level-2 heading.
C-c C-b   Move to previous visible heading at the same level.
C-c C-u   Move up to previous visible heading at a higher level.
d692 6
a697 4
The variable `outline-regexp' now controls recognition of heading lines.
Any line whose beginning matches this regexp is a heading line.
The depth in outline structure is determined by the length of
the string that matches.
d699 1
a699 2
A line starting with a ^L (formfeed) is now by default considered
a header line.
d701 2
a702 1
* Mail reading and sending.
d704 1
a704 1
** MH-E changes.
d706 3
a708 9
MH-E has been extensively modified and improved since the v17 release.
It contains many new features, including commands to: extracted failed
messages, kill a draft message, undo changes to a mail folder, monitor
delivery of a letter, print multiple messages, page digests backwards,
insert signatures, and burst digests.  Also, many commands have been
made to able to deal with named sequences of messages, instead of
single messages.  MH-E also has had numerous bugs fixed and commands
made to run faster.  Furthermore, its keybindings have been changed to
be compatible with Rmail and the rest of GNU Emacs.
d710 1
a710 1
** Mail mode changes.
d712 6
a717 1
The C-c commands of mail mode have been rearranged:
d719 3
a721 3
C-c s, C-c c, C-c t and C-c b (move point to various header fields)
have been reassigned as C-c C-f C-s, C-c C-f C-c, C-c C-f C-t and C-c
C-f C-b.  C-c C-f is for "field".
d723 1
a723 1
C-c y, C-c w and C-c q have been changed to C-c C-y, C-c C-w and C-c C-q.
d725 2
a726 1
Thus, C-c LETTER is always unassigned.
d728 1
a728 1
** Rmail C-r command changed to w.
d730 4
a733 3
The Rmail command to edit the current message is now `w'.  This change
has been made because people frequently type C-r while in Rmail hoping
to do a reverse incremental search.  That now works.
d735 1
a735 21
* Rnews changes.

** Caesar rotation added.

The function news-caesar-buffer-body performs the rot13 code on the
body of a news message.  You can also specify the number to rotate by,
as a prefix argument.  The function is bound to C-c C-r in both
News mode and News Reply mode.

** rmail-output command added.

The C-o command has been bound to rmail-output in news-mode.
This allows one to append an article to a file which is in either Unix
mail or RMAIL format.

** news-reply-mode changes.

The C-c commands of news reply mode have been rearranged and changed,
so that C-c LETTER is always unassigned:

C-c y, C-c w and C-c q have been changed to C-c C-y, C-c C-w and C-c C-q.
d737 3
a739 2
C-c c, C-c t, and C-c b (move to various mail header fields) have been
deleted (they make no sense for posting and replying to USENET).
d741 2
a742 3
C-c s (move to Subject: header field) has been reassigned as C-c C-f
C-s.  C-c C-f is for "field".  Several additional move to news header
field commands have been added.
d744 1
a744 1
The local news-reply-mode bindings now look like this:
d746 2
a747 8
C-c C-s  news-inews (post the message)    C-c C-c  news-inews
C-c C-f	 move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
	 C-c C-f C-n  move to Newsgroups:	C-c C-f C-s  move to Subj:
	 C-c C-f C-f  move to Followup-To:      C-c C-f C-k  move to Keywords:
	 C-c C-f C-d  move to Distribution:	C-c C-f C-a  move to Summary:
C-c C-y  news-reply-yank-original (insert current message, in NEWS).
C-c C-q  mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
C-c C-r  caesar rotate all letters by 13 places in the article's body (rot13).
d749 2
a750 1
* Changes in tags handling.
d752 1
a752 2
** M-. (`find-tag') and similar commands now look first for an exact
match in the tags table, and try substring matches only afterward.
d754 5
a758 2
** The new command `find-tag-regexp' visits successively the tags that
match a specified regular expression.
d760 2
a761 4
** You can now use more than one tags table.  Using `visit-tags-table'
to load a new tags table does not discard the other tables previously
loaded.  The other tags commands use all the tags tables that are loaded;
the first tags table used is the one that mentions the current visited file.
d763 1
a763 9
** Tags tables can now be told to "include" other tags tables.  This means
the tags table gives the file names of other tags tables.  Tags command
then search included tags tables after the including table (but before any
other tags tables you have loaded).  Included tags tables can make it much
easier and more efficient to maintain a tags table for a large package with
many subdirectories--there is one tags table for each subdirectory, and a
master tags table that includes each subdirectory table.  You use `-i'
options to `etags' when creating the tags table to give the file names of
the included tables.
d765 2
a766 4
** You can now use the tags table for completion of names during
ordinary editing.  The command M-TAB (except in Emacs Lisp mode)
completes the identifier in the buffer before point, using the set of
all tags as the list of possible completions.
d768 5
a772 1
** `tags-query-replace' and `tags-search' changes.
d774 1
a774 3
These functions no longer permanently create buffers for files that
are searched but that do not contain any matches for the search
pattern.
d776 9
a784 1
* Existing Emacs usable as a server.
d786 7
a792 3
Programs such as mailers that invoke "the editor" as an inferior
to edit some text can now be told to use an existing Emacs process
instead of creating a new editor.
d794 1
a794 5
To do this, you must have an Emacs process running and capable of
doing terminal I/O at the time you want to invoke it.  This means that
either you are using a window system and give Emacs a separate window
or you run the other programs as inferiors of Emacs (such as, using
M-x shell).
d796 4
a799 3
First prepare the existing Emacs process by loading the `server'
library and executing M-x server-start.  (Your .emacs can do this
automatically.)
d801 1
a801 3
Now tell the other programs to use, as "the editor", the Emacs client
program (etc/emacsclient, located in the same directory as this file).
This can be done by setting the environment variable EDITOR.
d803 2
a804 15
When another program invokes the emacsclient as "the editor", the
client actually transfers the file names to be edited to the existing
Emacs, which automatically visits the files.

When you are done editing a buffer for a client, do C-x # (server-edit).
This marks that buffer as done, and selects the next buffer that the client
asked for.  When all the buffers requested by a client are marked in this
way, Emacs tells the client program to exit, so that the program that
invoked "the editor" will resume execution.

You can only have one server Emacs at a time, but multiple client programs
can put in requests at the same time.

The client/server work only on Berkeley Unix, since they use the Berkeley
sockets mechanism for their communication.
d806 1
a806 1
Changes in Lisp programming in Emacs version 18.
d808 1
a808 1
* Init file changes.
d810 6
a815 1
** Suffixes no longer accepted on `.emacs'.
d817 2
a818 5
Emacs will no longer load a file named `.emacs.el' or `emacs.elc'
in place of `.emacs'.  This is so that it will take less time to
find `.emacs'.  If you want to compile your init file, give it another
name and make `.emacs' a link to the `.elc' file, or make it contain
a call to `load' to load the `.elc' file.
d820 1
a820 1
** `default-profile' renamed to `default', and loaded after `.emacs'.
d822 1
a822 2
It used to be the case that the file `default-profile' was loaded if
and only if `.emacs' was not found.
d824 1
a824 4
Now the name `default-profile' is not used at all.  Instead, a library
named `default' is loaded after the `.emacs' file.  `default' is loaded
whether the `.emacs' file exists or not.  However, loading of `default'
can be prevented if the `.emacs' file sets `inhibit-default-init' to non-nil.
d826 3
a828 2
In fact, you would call the default file `default.el' and probably would
byte-compile it to speed execution.
d830 1
a830 3
Note that for most purposes you are better off using a `site-init' library
since that will be loaded before the runnable Emacs is dumped.  By using
a `site-init' library, you avoid taking up time each time Emacs is started.
d832 4
a835 1
** inhibit-command-line has been eliminated.
d837 1
a837 3
This variable used to exist for .emacs files to set.  It has been
eliminated because you can get the same effect by setting
command-line-args to nil and setting inhibit-startup-message to t.
d839 6
a844 1
* `apply' is more general.
d846 1
a846 3
`apply' now accepts any number of arguments.  The first one is a function;
the rest are individual arguments to pass to that function, except for the
last, which is a list of arguments to pass.
d848 1
a848 2
Previously, `apply' required exactly two arguments.  Its old behavior
follows as a special case of the new definition.
d850 1
a850 1
* New code-letter for `interactive'.
d852 3
a854 4
(interactive "NFoo: ") is like (interactive "nFoo: ") in reading
a number using the minibuffer to serve as the argument; however,
if a prefix argument was specified, it uses the prefix argument
value as the argument, and does not use the minibuffer at all.
d856 6
a861 1
This is used by the `goto-line' and `goto-char' commands.
d863 2
a864 1
* Semantics of variables.
d866 1
a866 1
** Built-in per-buffer variables improved.
d868 3
a870 3
Several built-in variables which in the past had a different value in
each buffer now behave exactly as if `make-variable-buffer-local' had
been done to them.
d872 4
a875 4
These variables are `tab-width', `ctl-arrow', `truncate-lines',
`fill-column', `left-margin', `mode-line-format', `abbrev-mode',
`overwrite-mode', `case-fold-search', `auto-fill-hook',
`selective-display', `selective-display-ellipses'.
d877 1
a877 5
To be precise, each variable has a default value which shows through
in most buffers and can be accessed with `default-value' and set with
`set-default'.  Setting the variable with `setq' makes the variable
local to the current buffer.  Changing the default value has retroactive
effect on all buffers in which the variable is not local.
d879 5
a883 4
The variables `default-case-fold-search', etc., are now obsolete.
They now refer to the default value of the variable, which is not
quite the same behavior as before, but it should enable old init files
to continue to work.
d885 1
a885 1
** New per-buffer variables.
d887 3
a889 2
The variables `fill-prefix', `comment-column' and `indent-tabs-mode'
are now per-buffer.  They work just like `fill-column', etc.
d891 14
a904 1
** New function `setq-default'.
d906 1
a906 3
`setq-default' sets the default value of a variable, and uses the
same syntax that `setq' accepts: the variable name is not evaluated
and need not be quoted.
d908 8
a915 2
`(setq-default case-fold-search nil)' would make searches case-sensitive
in all buffers that do not have local values for `case-fold-search'.
d917 1
a917 2
You can set multiple variables sequentially, each with its own value,
in `setq-default' just as in `setq'.
d919 1
a919 1
** Functions `global-set' and `global-value' deleted.
d921 5
a925 2
These functions were never used except by mistake by users expecting
the functionality of `set-default' and `default-value'.
d927 2
a928 1
* Changes in defaulting of major modes.
d930 2
a931 4
When `default-major-mode' is `nil', new buffers are supposed to
get their major mode from the buffer that is current.  However,
certain major modes (such as Dired mode, Rmail mode, Rmail Summary mode,
and others) are not reasonable to use in this way.
d933 2
a934 3
Now such modes' names have been given non-`nil' `mode-class' properties.
If the current buffer's mode has such a property, Fundamental mode is
used as the default for newly created buffers.
d936 7
a942 1
* `where-is-internal' requires additional arguments.
d944 3
a946 4
This function now accepts three arguments, two of them required:
DEFINITION, the definition to search for; LOCAL-KEYMAP, the keymap
to use as the local map when doing the searching, and FIRST-ONLY,
which is nonzero to return only the first key found.
d948 1
a948 2
This function returns a list of keys (strings) whose definitions
(in the LOCAL-KEYMAP or the current global map) are DEFINITION.
d950 2
a951 1
If FIRST-ONLY is non-nil, it returns a single key (string).
d953 1
a953 4
This function has changed incompatibly in that now two arguments
are required when previously only one argument was allowed.  To get
the old behavior of this function, write `(current-local-map)' as
the expression for the second argument.
d955 3
a957 3
The incompatibility is sad, but `nil' is a legitimate value for the
second argument (it means there is no local keymap), so it cannot also
serve as a default meaning to use the current local keymap.
d959 1
a959 1
* Abbrevs with hooks.
d961 5
a965 4
When an abbrev defined with a hook is expanded, it now performs the
usual replacement of the abbrev with the expansion before running the
hook.  Previously the abbrev itself was deleted but the expansion was
not inserted.
d967 2
a968 1
* Function `scan-buffer' deleted.
d970 1
a970 2
Use `search-forward' or `search-backward' in place of `scan-buffer'.
You will have to rearrange the arguments.
d972 3
a974 1
* X window interface improvements.
d976 1
a976 1
** Detect release of mouse buttons.
d978 1
a978 2
Button-up events can now be detected.  See the file `lisp/x-mouse.el'
for details.
d980 3
a982 1
** New pop-up menu facility.
d984 1
a984 3
The new function `x-popup-menu' pops up a menu (in a X window)
and returns an indication of which selection the user made.
For more information, see its self-documentation.
d986 8
a993 1
* M-x disassemble.
d995 1
a995 1
This command prints the disassembly of a byte-compiled Emacs Lisp function.
d997 1
a997 1
Would anyone like to interface this to the debugger?
d999 7
a1005 1
* `insert-buffer-substring' can insert part of the current buffer.
d1007 1
a1007 2
The old restriction that the text being inserted had to come from
a different buffer is now lifted.
d1009 3
a1011 2
When inserting text from the current buffer, the text to be inserted
is determined from the specified bounds before any copying takes place.
d1013 4
a1016 1
* New function `substitute-key-definition'.
d1018 3
a1020 2
This is a new way to replace one command with another command as the
binding of whatever keys may happen to refer to it.
d1022 4
a1025 3
(substitute-key-definition OLDDEF NEWDEF KEYMAP) looks through KEYMAP
for keys defined to run OLDDEF, and rebinds those keys to run NEWDEF
instead.
d1027 1
a1027 1
* New function `insert-char'.
d1029 3
a1031 1
Insert a specified character, a specified number of times.
d1033 1
a1033 1
* `mark-marker' changed.
d1035 3
a1037 2
When there is no mark, this now returns a marker that points
nowhere, rather than `nil'.
d1039 3
a1041 1
* `ding' accepts argument.
d1043 1
a1043 3
When given an argument, the function `ding' does not terminate
execution of a keyboard macro.  Normally, `ding' does terminate
all macros that are currently executing.
d1045 6
a1050 1
* New function `minibuffer-depth'.
d1052 3
a1054 4
This function returns the current depth in minibuffer activations.
The value is zero when the minibuffer is not in use.
Values greater than one are possible if the user has entered the
minibuffer recursively.
d1056 1
a1056 1
* New function `documentation-property'.
d1058 4
a1061 4
(documentation-property SYMBOL PROPNAME) is like (get SYMBOL PROPNAME),
except that if the property value is a number `documentation-property'
will take that number (or its absolute value) as a character position
in the DOC file and return the string found there.
d1063 1
a1063 2
(documentation-property VAR 'variable-documentation) is the proper
way for a Lisp program to get the documentation of variable VAR.
d1065 5
a1069 1
* New documentation-string expansion feature.
d1071 1
a1071 4
If a documentation string (for a variable or function) contains text
of the form `\<FOO>', it means that all command names specified in
`\[COMMAND]' construct from that point on should be turned into keys
using the value of the variable FOO as the local keymap.  Thus, for example,
d1073 4
a1076 1
  `\<emacs-lisp-mode-map>\[eval-defun] evaluates the defun containing point.'
d1078 1
a1078 1
will expand into
d1080 1
a1080 1
  "ESC C-x evaluates the defun containing point."
d1082 2
a1083 4
regardless of the current major mode, because ESC C-x is defined to
run `eval-defun' in the keymap `emacs-lisp-mode-map'.  The effect is
to show the key for `eval-defun' in Emacs Lisp mode regardless of the
current major mode.
d1085 3
a1087 2
The `\<...>' construct applies to all `\[...]' constructs that follow it,
up to the end of the documentation string or the next `\<...>'.
d1089 1
a1089 2
Without `\<...>', the keys for commands specified in `\[...]' are found
in the current buffer's local map.
d1091 2
a1092 2
The current global keymap is always searched second, whether `\<...>'
has been used or not.
d1094 3
a1096 1
* Multiple hooks allowed in certain contexts.
d1098 1
a1098 2
The old hook variables `find-file-hook', `find-file-not-found-hook' and
`write-file-hook' have been replaced.
d1100 4
a1103 4
The replacements are `find-file-hooks', `find-file-not-found-hooks'
and `write-file-hooks'.  Each holds a list of functions to be called;
by default, `nil', for no functions.  The functions are called in
order of appearance in the list.
d1105 3
a1107 1
In the case of `find-file-hooks', all the functions are executed.
d1109 1
a1109 2
In the case of `find-file-not-found-hooks', if any of the functions
returns non-`nil', the rest of the functions are not called.
d1111 1
a1111 6
In the case of `write-file-hooks', if any of the functions returns
non-`nil', the rest of the functions are not called, and the file is
considered to have been written already; so actual writing in the
usual way is not done.  If `write-file-hooks' is local to a buffer,
it is set to its global value if `set-visited-file-name' is called
(and thus by C-x C-w as well).
d1113 3
a1115 4
`find-file-not-found-hooks' and `write-file-hooks' can be used
together to implement editing of files that are not stored as Unix
files: stored in archives, or inside version control systems, or on
other machines running other operating systems and accessible via ftp.
d1117 1
a1117 1
* New hooks for suspending Emacs.
d1119 3
a1121 7
Suspending Emacs runs the hook `suspend-hook' before suspending
and the hook `suspend-resume-hook' if the suspended Emacs is resumed.
Running a hook is done by applying the variable's value to no arguments
if the variable has a non-`nil' value.  If `suspend-hook' returns
non-`nil', then suspending is inhibited and so is running the
`suspend-resume-hook'.  The non-`nil' value means that the `suspend-hook'
has done whatever suspending is required.
d1123 1
a1123 1
* Disabling commands can print a special message.
d1125 1
a1125 3
A command is disabled by giving it a non-`nil' `disabled' property.
Now, if this property is a string, it is included in the message
printed when the user tries to run the command.
d1127 2
a1128 1
* Emacs can open TCP connections.
d1130 1
a1130 4
The function `open-network-stream' opens a TCP connection to
a specified host and service.  Its value is a Lisp object that represents
the connection.  The object is a kind of "subprocess", and I/O are
done like I/O to subprocesses.
d1132 3
a1134 1
* Display-related changes.
d1136 2
a1137 1
** New mode-line control features.
a1138 2
The display of the mode line used to be controlled by a format-string
that was the value of the variable `mode-line-format'.
d1140 1
a1140 2
This variable still exists, but it now allows more general values,
not just strings.  Lists, cons cells and symbols are also meaningful.
d1142 3
a1144 3
The mode line contents are created by outputting various mode elements
one after the other.  Here are the kinds of objects that can be
used as mode elements, and what they do in the display:
d1146 3
a1148 2
  string        the contents of the string are output to the mode line,
		and %-constructs are replaced by other text.
d1150 1
a1150 1
  t or nil	ignored; no output results.
d1152 3
a1154 4
  symbol	the symbol's value is used.  If the value is a string,
		the string is output verbatim to the mode line
		(so %-constructs are not interpreted).  Otherwise,
		the symbol's value is processed as a mode element.
d1156 1
a1156 3
  list (whose first element is a string or list or cons cell)
		the elements of the list are treated as as mode elements,
		so that the output they generate is concatenated,
d1158 4
a1161 131
  list (whose car is a symbol)
		if the symbol's value is non-nil, the second element of the
		list is treated as a mode element.  Otherwise, the third
		element (if any) of the list is treated as a mode element.

  cons (whose car is a positive integer)
		the cdr of the cons is used as a mode element, but
		the text it produces is padded, if necessary, to have
		at least the width specified by the integer.

  cons (whose car is a negative integer)
		the cdr of the cons is used as a mode element, but
		the text it produces is truncated, if necessary, to have
		at most the width specified by the integer.

There is always one mode element to start with, that being the value of
`mode-line-format', but if this value is a list then it leads to several
more mode elements, which can lead to more, and so on.

There is one new %-construct for mode elements that are strings:
`%n' displays ` Narrow' for a buffer that is narrowed.

The default value of `mode-line-format' refers to several other variables.
These variables are `mode-name', `mode-line-buffer-identification',
`mode-line-process', `mode-line-modified', `global-mode-string' and
`minor-mode-alist'.  The first four are local in every buffer in which they
are changed from the default.

mode-name	Name of buffer's major mode.  Local in every buffer.

mode-line-buffer-identification
		Normally the list ("Emacs: %17b"), it is responsible
		for displaying text to indicate what buffer is being shown
		and what kind of editing it is doing.  `Emacs' means
		that a file of characters is being edited.  Major modes
		such as Info and Dired which edit or view other kinds
		of data often change this value.  This variables becomes
		local to the current buffer if it is setq'd.

mode-line-process
		Normally nil, this variable is responsible for displaying
		information about the process running in the current buffer.
		M-x shell-mode and M-x compile alter this variable.

mode-line-modified
		This variable is responsible for displaying the indication
		of whether the current buffer is modified or read-only.
		By default its value is `("--%*%*-")'.

minor-mode-alist
		This variable is responsible for displaying text for those
		minor modes that are currently enabled.  Its value
		is a list of elements of the form (VARIABLE STRING),
		where STRING is to be displayed if VARIABLE's value
		(in the buffer whose mode line is being displayed)
		is non-nil.  This variable is not made local to particular
		buffers, but loading some libraries may add elements to it.

global-mode-string
		This variable is used to display the time, if you ask
		for that.

The idea of these variables is to eliminate the need for major modes
to alter mode-line-format itself.

** `window-point' valid for selected window.

The value returned by `window-point' used to be incorrect when its
argument was the selected window.  Now the value is correct.

** Window configurations may be saved as Lisp objects.

The function `current-window-configuration' returns a special type of
Lisp object that represents the current layout of windows: the
sizes and positions of windows, which buffers appear in them, and
which parts of the buffers appear on the screen.

The function `set-window-configuration' takes one argument, which must
be a window configuration object, and restores that configuration.

** New hook `temp-output-buffer-show-hook'.

This hook allows you to control how help buffers are displayed.
Whenever `with-output-to-temp-buffer' has executed its body and wants
to display the temp buffer, if this variable is bound and non-`nil'
then its value is called with one argument, the temp buffer.
The hook function is solely responsible for displaying the buffer.
The standard manner of display--making the buffer appear in a window--is
used only if there is no hook function.

** New function `minibuffer-window'.

This function returns the window used (sometimes) for displaying
the minibuffer.  It can be used even when the minibuffer is not active.

** New feature to `next-window'.

If the optional second argument is neither `nil' nor `t', the minibuffer
window is omitted from consideration even when active; if the starting
window was the last non-minibuffer window, the value will be the first
non-minibuffer window.

** New variable `minibuffer-scroll-window'.

When this variable is non-`nil', the command `scroll-other-window'
uses it as the window to be scrolled.  Displays of completion-lists
set this variable to the window containing the display.

** New argument to `sit-for'.

A non-nil second argument to `sit-for' means do not redisplay;
just wait for the specified time or until input is available.

** Deleted function `set-minor-mode'; minor modes must be changed.

The function `set-minor-mode' has been eliminated.  The display
of minor mode names in the mode line is now controlled by the
variable `minor-mode-alist'.  To specify display of a new minor
mode, it is sufficient to add an element to this list.  Once that
is done, you can turn the mode on and off just by setting a variable,
and the display will show its status automatically.

** New variable `cursor-in-echo-area'.

If this variable is non-nil, the screen cursor appears on the
last line of the screen, at the end of the text displayed there.

Binding this variable to t is useful at times when reading single
characters of input with `read-char'.

** New per-buffer variable `selective-display-ellipses'.
d1163 1
a1163 2
If this variable is non-nil, an ellipsis (`...') appears on the screen
at the end of each text line that is followed by invisible text.
d1165 5
a1169 2
If this variable is nil, no ellipses appear.  Then there is no sign
on the screen that invisible text is present.
d1171 3
a1173 2
Text is made invisible under the control of the variable
`selective-display'; this is how Outline mode and C-x $ work.
d1175 4
a1178 1
** New variable `no-redraw-on-reenter'.
d1180 4
a1183 4
If you set this variable non-nil, Emacs will not clear the screen when
you resume it after suspending it.  This is for the sake of terminals
with multiple screens of memory, where the termcap entry has been set
up to switch between screens when Emacs is suspended and resumed.
d1185 4
a1188 1
** New argument to `set-screen-height' or `set-screen-width'.
d1190 3
a1192 2
These functions now take an optional second argument which says
what significance the newly specified height or width has.
d1194 1
a1194 2
If the argument is nil, or absent, it means that Emacs should
believe that the terminal height or width really is as just specified.
d1196 2
a1197 4
If the argument is t, it means Emacs should not believe that the
terminal really is this high or wide, but it should use the
specific height or width as the number of lines or columns to display.
Thus, you could display only 24 lines on a screen known to have 48 lines.
d1199 1
a1199 2
What practical difference is there between using only 24 lines for display
and really believing that the terminal has 24 lines?
d1201 5
a1205 2
1. The "real" height of the terminal says what the terminal command
to move the cursor to the last line will do.
d1207 1
a1207 2
2. The "real" height of the terminal determines how much padding is
needed.
d1209 1
a1209 1
* File-related changes.
d1211 1
a1211 1
** New parameter `backup-by-copying-when-mismatch'.
d1213 3
a1215 3
If this variable is non-`nil', then when Emacs is about to save a
file, it will create the backup file by copying if that would avoid
changing the file's uid or gid.
d1217 3
a1219 5
The default value of this variable is `nil', because usually it is
useful to have the uid of a file change according to who edited it
last.  I recommend thet this variable be left normally `nil' and
changed with a local variables list in those particular files where
the uid needs to be preserved.
d1221 2
a1222 1
** New parameter `file-precious-flag'.
d1224 1
a1224 5
If this variable is non-`nil', saving the buffer tries to avoid
leaving an incomplete file due to disk full or other I/O errors.
It renames the old file before saving.  If saving is successful,
the renamed file is deleted; if saving gets an error, the renamed
file is renamed back to the name you visited.
d1226 4
a1229 1
Backups are always made by copying for such files.
d1231 1
a1231 1
** New variable `buffer-offer-save'.
d1233 2
a1234 4
If the value of this variable is non-`nil' in a buffer then exiting
Emacs will offer to save the buffer (if it is modified and nonempty)
even if the buffer is not visiting a file.  This variable is
automatically made local to the current buffer whenever it is set.
d1236 1
a1236 1
** `rename-file', `copy-file', `add-name-to-file' and `make-symbolic-link'.
d1238 4
a1241 3
The third argument to these functions used to be `t' or `nil'; `t'
meaning go ahead even if the specified new file name already has a file,
and `nil' meaning to get an error.
d1243 1
a1243 2
Now if the third argument is a number it means to ask the user for
confirmation in this case.
d1245 3
a1247 1
** New optional argument to `copy-file'.
d1249 1
a1249 3
If `copy-file' receives a non-nil fourth argument, it attempts
to give the new copy the same time-of-last-modification that the
original file has.
d1251 4
a1254 1
** New function `file-newer-than-file-p'.
d1256 1
a1256 5
(file-newer-than-file-p FILE1 FILE2) returns non-nil if FILE1 has been
modified more recently than FILE2.  If FILE1 does not exist, the value
is always nil; otherwise, if FILE2 does not exist, the value is t.
This is meant for use when FILE2 depends on FILE1, to see if changes
in FILE1 make it necessary to recompute FILE2 from it.
d1258 3
a1260 1
** Changed function `file-exists-p'.
d1262 1
a1262 3
This function is no longer the same as `file-readable-p'.
`file-exists-p' can now return t for a file that exists but which
the fascists won't allow you to read.
d1264 3
a1266 1
** New function `file-locked-p'.
d1268 1
a1268 3
This function receives a file name as argument and returns `nil'
if the file is not locked, `t' if locked by this Emacs, or a
string giving the name of the user who has locked it.
d1270 5
a1274 1
** New function `file-name-sans-versions'.
d1276 4
a1279 2
(file-name-sans-versions NAME) returns a substring of NAME, with any
version numbers or other backup suffixes deleted from the end.
d1281 3
a1283 1
** New functions for directory names.
d1285 3
a1287 3
Although a directory is really a kind of file, specifying a directory
uses a somewhat different syntax from specifying a file.
In Emacs, a directory name is used as part of a file name.
d1289 1
a1289 3
On Unix, the difference is small: a directory name ends in a slash,
while a file name does not: thus, `/usr/rms/' to name a directory,
while `/usr/rms' names the file which holds that directory.
d1291 4
a1294 134
On VMS, the difference is considerable: `du:[rms.foo]' specifies a
directory, but the name of the file that holds that directory is
`du:[rms]foo.dir'.

There are two new functions for converting between directory names
and file names.  `directory-file-name' takes a directory name and
returns the name of the file in which that directory's data is stored.
`file-name-as-directory' takes the name of a file and returns
the corresponding directory name.  These always understand Unix file name
syntax; on VMS, they understand VMS syntax as well.

For example, (file-name-as-directory "/usr/rms") returns "/usr/rms/"
and (directory-file-name "/usr/rms/") returns "/usr/rms".
On VMS, (file-name-as-directory "du:[rms]foo.dir") returns "du:[rms.foo]"
and (directory-file-name "du:[rms.foo]") returns "du:[rms]foo.dir".

** Value of `file-attributes' changed.

The function file-attributes returns a list containing many kinds of
information about a file.  Now the list has eleven elements.

The tenth element is `t' if deleting the file and creating another
file of the same name would result in a change in the file's group;
`nil' if there would be no change.  You can also think of this as
comparing the file's group with the default group for files created in
the same directory by you.

The eleventh element is the inode number of the file.

** VMS-only function `file-name-all-versions'.

This function returns a list of all the completions, including version
number, of a specified version-number-less file name.  This is like
`file-name-all-completions', except that the latter returns values
that do not include version numbers.

** VMS-only variable `vms-stmlf-recfm'.

On a VMS system, if this variable is non-nil, Emacs will give newly
created files the record format `stmlf'.  This is necessary for files
that must contain lines of arbitrary length, such as compiled Emacs
Lisp.

When writing a new version of an existing file, Emacs always keeps
the same record format as the previous version; so this variable has
no effect.

This variable has no effect on Unix systems.

** `insert-file-contents' on an empty file.

This no longer sets the buffer's "modified" flag.

** New function (VMS only) `define-logical-name':

(define-logical-name LOGICAL TRANSLATION) defines a VMS logical name
LOGICAL whose translation is TRANSLATION.  The new name applies to
the current process only.

** Deleted variable `ask-about-buffer-names'.

If you want buffer names for files to be generated in a special way,
you must redefine `create-file-buffer'.

* Subprocess-related changes.

** New function `process-list'.

This function takes no arguments and returns a list of all
of Emacs's asynchronous subprocesses.

** New function `process-exit-status'.

This function, given a process, process name or buffer as argument,
returns the exit status code or signal number of the process.
If the process has not yet exited or died, this function returns 0.

** Process output ignores `buffer-read-only'.

Output from a process will go into the process's buffer even if the
buffer is read only.

** Switching buffers in filter functions and sentinels.

Emacs no longer saves and restore the current buffer around calling
the filter and sentinel functions, so these functions can now
permanently alter the selected buffer in a straightforward manner.

** Specifying environment variables for subprocesses.

When a subprocess is started with `start-process' or `call-process',
the value of the variable `process-environment' is taken to
specify the environment variables to give the subprocess.  The
value should be a list of strings, each of the form "VAR=VALUE".

`process-environment' is initialized when Emacs starts up
based on Emacs's environment.

** New variable `process-connection-type'.

If this variable is `nil', when a subprocess is created, Emacs uses
a pipe rather than a pty to communicate with it.  Normally this
variable is `t', telling Emacs to use a pty if ptys are supported
and one is available.

** New function `waiting-for-user-input-p'.

This function, given a subprocess as argument, returns `t' if that
subprocess appears to be waiting for input sent from Emacs,
or `nil' otherwise.

** New hook `shell-set-directory-error-hook'.

The value of this variable is called, with no arguments, whenever
Shell mode gets an error trying to keep track of directory-setting
commands (such as `cd' and `pushd') used in the shell buffer.

* New functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid'.

These functions take no arguments and return, respectively,
the effective uid and the real uid of the Emacs process.
The value in each case is an integer.

* New variable `print-escape-newlines' controls string printing.

If this variable is non-`nil', then when a Lisp string is printed
by the Lisp printing function `prin1' or `print', newline characters
are printed as `\n' rather than as a literal newline.

* New function `sysnetunam' on HPUX.

This function takes two arguments, a network address PATH and a
login string LOGIN, and executes the system call `netunam'.
It returns `t' if the call succeeds, otherwise `nil'.
d1296 1
a1296 60
News regarding installation:

* Many `s-...' file names changed.

Many `s-...' files have been renamed.  All periods in such names,
except the ones just before the final `h', have been changed to
hyphens.  Thus, `s-bsd4.2.h' has been renamed to `s-bsd4-2.h'.

This is so a Unix distribution can be moved mechanically to VMS.

* `DOCSTR...' file now called `DOC-...'.

The file of on-line documentation strings, that used to be
`DOCSTR.mm.nn.oo' in this directory, is now called `DOC-mm.nn.oo'.
This is so that it can port to VMS using the standard conventions
for translating filenames for VMS.

This file also now contains the doc strings for variables as
well as functions.

* Emacs no longer uses floating point arithmetic.

This may make it easier to port to some machines.

* Macros `XPNTR' and `XSETPNTR'; flag `DATA_SEG_BITS'.

These macros exclusively are used to unpack a pointer from a Lisp_Object
and to insert a pointer into a Lisp_Object.  Redefining them may help
port Emacs to machines in which all pointers to data objects have
certain high bits set.

If `DATA_SEG_BITS' is defined, it should be a number which contains
the high bits to be inclusive or'ed with pointers that are unpacked.

* New flag `HAVE_X_MENU'.

Define this flag in `config.h' in addition to `HAVE_X_WINDOWS'
to enable use of the Emacs interface to X Menus.  On some operating
systems, the rest of the X interface works properly but X Menus
do not work; hence this separate flag.  See the file `src/xmenu.c'
for more information.

* Macros `ARRAY_MARK_FLAG' and `DONT_COPY_FLAG'.

* `HAVE_ALLOCA' prevents assembly of `alloca.s'.

* `SYSTEM_MALLOC' prevents use of GNU `malloc.c'.

SYSTEM_MALLOC, if defined, means use the system's own `malloc' routines
rather than those that come with Emacs.

Use this only if absolutely necessary, because if it is used you do
not get warnings when space is getting low.

* New flags to control unexec.

See the file `unexec.c' for a long comment on the compilation
switches that suffice to make it work on many machines.

* `PNTR_COMPARISON_TYPE'
d1298 1
a1298 2
Pointers that need to be compared for ordering are converted to this type
first.  Normally this is `unsigned int'.
d1300 4
a1303 1
* `HAVE_VFORK', `HAVE_DUP2' and `HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY'.
d1305 1
a1305 1
These flags just say whether certain system calls are available.
d1307 5
a1311 1
* New macros control compiler switches, linker switches and libraries.
d1313 6
a1318 2
The m- and s- files can now control in a modular fashion the precise
arguments passed to `cc' and `ld'.
d1320 2
a1321 7
LIBS_STANDARD defines the standard C libraries.  Default is `-lc'.
LIBS_DEBUG defines the extra libraries to use when debugging.  Default `-lg'.
LIBS_SYSTEM can be defined by the s- file to specify extra libraries.
LIBS_MACHINE can be defined by the m- file to specify extra libraries.
LIBS_TERMCAP defines the libraries for Termcap or Terminfo.
  It is defined by default in a complicated fashion but the m- or s- file
  can override it.
d1323 1
a1323 3
LD_SWITCH_SYSTEM can be defined by the s- file to specify extra `ld' switches.
  The default is `-X' on BSD systems except those few that use COFF object files.
LD_SWITCH_MACHINE can be defined by the m- file to specify extra `ld' switches.
d1325 1
a1325 3
C_DEBUG_SWITCH defines the switches to give `cc' when debugging.  Default `-g'.
C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH defines the switches to give `cc' to optimize.  Default `-O'.
C_SWITCH_MACHINE can be defined by the m- file to specify extra `cc' switches.
d1327 1
a1327 1
For older news, see the file OONEWS.
d1332 1
a1332 1
Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@


1.1.1.3
log
@import emacs-20.1
@
text
@d2 1
a2 1
Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
d7 1
a7 1
* Editing Changes in Emacs 19.30.
d9 1
a9 4
** Be sure to recompile your byte-compiled Emacs Lisp files
if you last compiled them with Emacs 19.28 or earlier.
You can use M-x byte-force-recompile to recompile all the .elc files
in a specified directory.
d11 3
a13 2
** Emacs now provides multiple-frame support on Windows NT
and Windows 95.
d15 3
a17 2
** M-x column-number-mode toggles a minor mode which displays
the current column number in the mode line.
d19 3
a21 1
** Line Number mode is now enabled by default.
d23 2
a24 3
** M-x what-line now displays the line number in the accessible
portion of the buffer as well as the line number in the full buffer,
when narrowing is in effect.
d26 1
a26 4
** If you type a M-x command that has an equivalent key binding,
the equivalent is shown in the minibuffer before the command executes.
This feature is enabled by default for the sake of beginning users.
You can turn the feature off by setting suggest-key-bindings to nil.
d28 2
a29 4
** The menu bar is now visible on text-only terminals.  To choose a
command from the menu bar when you have no mouse, type M-`
(Meta-Backquote) or F10.  To turn off menu bar display,
do (menu-bar-mode -1).
d31 5
a35 2
** Whenever you invoke a minibuffer, it appears in the minibuffer
window that the current frame uses.
d37 2
a38 4
Emacs can only use one minibuffer window at a time.  If you activate
the minibuffer while a minibuffer window is active in some other
frame, the outer minibuffer window disappears while the inner one is
active.
d40 4
a43 3
** Echo area messages always appear in the minibuffer window that the
current frame uses.  If a minibuffer is active in some other frame,
the echo area message does not hide it even temporarily.
d45 2
a46 2
** The minibuffer now has a menu-bar menu.  You can use it to exit or
abort the minibuffer, or to ask for completion.
d48 4
a51 4
** Dead-key and composite character processing is done in the standard
X11R6 manner (through the default "input method" using the
/usr/lib/X11/locale/*/Compose databases of key combinations).  I.e. if
it works in xterm, it should also work in emacs now.
d53 3
a55 1
** Mouse changes
d57 1
a57 2
*** You can now use the mouse when running Emacs in an xterm.
Use M-x xterm-mouse-mode to let emacs take control over the mouse.
d59 2
a60 2
*** C-mouse-1 now once again provides a menu of buffers to select.
S-mouse-1 is now the way to select a default font for the frame.
d62 1
a62 3
*** There is a new mouse-scroll-min-lines variable to control the
minimum number of lines scrolled by dragging the mouse outside a
window's edge.
d64 4
a67 4
*** Dragging mouse-1 on a vertical line that separates windows
now moves the line, thus changing the widths of the two windows.
(This feature is available only if you don't have vertical scroll bars.
If you do use them, a scroll bar separates two side-by-side windows.)
d69 1
a69 3
*** Double-click mouse-1 on a character with "symbol" syntax (such as
underscore, in C mode) selects the entire symbol surrounding that
character.  (Double-click mouse-1 on a letter selects a whole word.)
d71 7
a77 5
** When incremental search wraps around to the beginning (or end) of
the buffer, if you keep on searching until you go past the original
starting point of the search, the echo area changes from "Wrapped" to
"Overwrapped".  That tells you that you are revisiting matches that
you have already seen.
d79 1
a79 1
** Filling changes.
d81 2
a82 2
*** If the variable colon-double-space is non-nil, the explicit fill
commands put two spaces after a colon.
d84 2
a85 4
*** Auto-Fill mode now supports Adaptive Fill mode just as the
explicit fill commands do.  The variable adaptive-fill-regexp
specifies a regular expression to match text at the beginning of
a line that should be the fill prefix.
d87 3
a89 2
*** Adaptive Fill mode can take a fill prefix from the first line of a
paragraph, *provided* that line is not a paragraph-starter line.
d91 1
a91 3
Paragraph-starter lines are indented lines that start a new
paragraph because they are indented.  This indentation shouldn't
be copied to additional lines.
d93 1
a93 6
Whether indented lines are paragraph lines depends on the value of the
variable paragraph-start.  Some major modes set this; you can set it
by hand or in mode hooks as well.  For editing text in which paragraph
first lines are not indented, and which contains paragraphs in which
all lines are indented, you should use Indented Text mode or arrange
for paragraph-start not to match these lines.
d95 1
a95 5
*** You can specify more complex ways of choosing a fill prefix
automatically by setting `adaptive-fill-function'.  This function
is called with point after the left margin of a line, and it should
return the appropriate fill prefix based on that line.
If it returns nil, that means it sees no fill prefix in that line.
d97 4
a100 1
** Gnus changes.
d102 2
a103 4
Gnus, the Emacs news reader, has been rewritten and expanded.  Most
things that worked with the old version should still work with the new
version.  Code that relies heavily on Gnus internals is likely to
fail, though.
d105 2
a106 1
*** Incompatibilities with the old GNUS.
d108 2
a109 2
**** All interactive commands have kept their names, but many internal
functions have changed names.
d111 2
a112 2
**** The summary mode gnus-uu commands have been moved from the `C-c
C-v' keymap to the `X' keymap.
d114 2
a115 3
**** There can now be several summary buffers active at once.
Variables that are relevant to each summary buffer are buffer-local to
that buffer.
d117 1
a117 3
**** Old hilit code doesn't work at all.  Gnus performs its own
highlighting based not only on what's visible in the buffer, but on
other data structures.
d119 2
a120 1
**** Old packages like `expire-kill' will no longer work.  
d122 2
a123 2
**** `C-c C-l' in the group buffer no longer switches to a different
buffer, but instead lists killed groups in the group buffer.
d125 3
a127 1
*** New features.
d129 2
a130 4
**** The look of all buffers can be changed by setting format-like
variables.
 
**** Local spool and several NNTP servers can be used at once.
d132 1
a132 1
**** Groups can be combined into virtual groups.
d134 1
a134 2
**** Different mail formats can be read much the same way as one would
read newsgroups.  All the mail backends implement mail expiry schemes.
d136 2
a137 4
**** Gnus can use various strategies for gathering threads that have
lost their roots (thereby gathering loose sub-threads into one thread)
or it can go back and retrieve enough headers to build a complete
thread.
d139 2
a140 1
**** Killed groups can be read.
d142 3
a144 2
**** Gnus can do partial group updates - you do not have to retrieve
the entire active file just to check for new articles in a few groups.
d146 1
a146 1
**** Gnus implements a sliding scale of subscribedness to groups.
d148 3
a150 2
**** You can score articles according to any number of criteria.  You
can get Gnus to score articles for you using adaptive scoring.
d152 2
a153 3
**** Gnus maintains a dribble buffer that is auto-saved the normal
Emacs manner, so it should be difficult to lose much data on what you
have read if your machine should go down.
d155 4
a158 2
**** Gnus now has its own startup file (`.gnus.el') to avoid
cluttering up the `.emacs' file.
d160 5
a164 2
**** You can set the process mark on both groups and articles and
perform operations on all the marked items.
d166 1
a166 2
**** You can grep through a subset of groups and create a group from
the results.
d168 1
a168 2
**** You can list subsets of groups using matches on group names or
group descriptions.
d170 2
a171 2
**** You can browse foreign servers and subscribe to groups from those
servers.
d173 5
a177 2
**** Gnus can pre-fetch articles asynchronously on a second connection
to the servers.
d179 3
a181 1
**** You can cache articles locally.
d183 2
a184 1
**** Gnus can fetch FAQs to and descriptions of groups.
d186 1
a186 1
**** Digests (and other files) can be used as the basis for groups.
d188 1
a188 1
**** Articles can be highlighted and customized.
d190 1
a190 1
** Changes to Version Control (VC)
d192 1
a192 1
*** General changes (all backends).
d194 3
a196 4
VC directory listings (C-x v d) are now kept up to date when you do a
vc-next-action (C-x v v) on the marked files.  The `g' command updates
the buffer properly.  `=' in a VC dired buffer produces a version
control diff, not an ordinary diff.
d198 1
a198 1
*** CVS changes.
d200 1
a200 4
Under CVS, you no longer need to type C-x C-q before you can edit a
file.  VC doesn't write-protect unmodified buffers anymore; you can
freely change them at any time.  The mode line keeps track of the
file status.
d202 5
a206 7
If you do want unmodified files to be write-protected, set your
CVSREAD environment variable.  VC sees this and behaves accordingly;
that will give you the behaviour of Emacs 19.29, similar to that under
RCS and SCCS.  In this mode, if the variable vc-mistrust-permissions
is nil, VC learns the modification state from the file permissions.
When setting CVSREAD for the first time, you should check out the
whole module anew, so that the file permissions are set correctly.
d208 1
a208 2
VC also works with remote repositories now.  When you visit a file, it
doesn't run "cvs status" anymore, so there shouldn't be any long delays.
d210 2
a211 6
Directory listings under VC/CVS have been enhanced.  Type C-x v d, and
you get a list of all files in or below the current directory that are
not up-to-date.  The actual status (modified, merge, conflict, ...) is
displayed for each file.  If you give a prefix argument (C-u C-x v d),
up-to-date files are also listed.  You can mark any number of files,
and execute the next logical version control command on them (C-x v v).
d213 1
a213 1
*** Starting a new branch.
d215 5
a219 3
If you try to lock a version that is not the latest on its branch, 
VC asks for confirmation in the minibuffer.  If you say no, it offers
to lock the latest version instead.
d221 1
a221 1
*** RCS non-strict locking.
d223 3
a225 4
VC can now handle RCS non-strict locking, too.  In this mode, working
files are always writable and you needn't lock the file before making
changes, similar to the default mode under CVS.  To enable non-strict
locking for a file, use the "rcs -U" command.
d227 2
a228 1
*** Sharing RCS master files.
d230 1
a230 6
If you share RCS subdirs with other users (through symbolic links),
and you always want to work on the latest version, set
vc-consult-headers to nil and vc-mistrust-permissions to `t'.
Then you see the state of the *latest* version on the mode line, not
that of your working file.  When you do a check out, VC overwrites
your working file with the latest version from the master.
d232 1
a232 1
*** RCS customization.
d234 4
a237 6
There is a new variable vc-consult-headers.  If it is t (the default),
VC searches for RCS headers in working files (like `$Id$') and
determines the state of the file from them, not from the master file.
This is fast and more reliable when you use branches.  (The variable
was already present in Emacs 19.29, but didn't get mentioned in the
NEWS.)
d239 1
a239 1
** Calendar changes.
d241 3
a243 1
*** New calendars supported: Chinese, Coptic, Ethiopic
d245 1
a245 1
Here are the commands for converting to and from these calendars:
d247 3
a249 3
   gC: calendar-goto-chinese-date
   gk: calendar-goto-coptic-date
   ge: calendar-goto-ethiopic-date
d251 1
a251 3
   pC: calendar-print-chinese-date
   pk: calendar-print-coptic-date
   pe: calendar-print-ethiopic-date
d253 3
a255 1
*** Printed calendars
d257 2
a258 127
Calendar mode now has commands to produce fancy printed calendars via
LaTeX.  You can ask for a calendar for one or more days, weeks, months
or years.  The commands all start with `t'; see the manual for a list
of them.

*** New sexp diary entry type

Reminders that apply in the days leading up to an event. 

** The CC-mode package now provides the default C and C++ modes.
See the manual for documentation of its features.

** The uniquify package chooses buffer names differently when you
visit multiple files with the same name (in different directories).

** RMAIL now always uses the movemail program when it renames an
inbox file, so that it can interlock properly with the mailer
no matter where it is delivering mail.

** tex-start-of-header and tex-end-of-header are now regular expressions,
not strings.

** To enable automatic uncompression of compressed files,
type M-x auto-compression-mode.  (This command used to be called
toggle-auto-compression, but was not documented before.)  In Lisp,
you can do

   (auto-compression-mode 1)

to turn the mode on.

** The new pc-select package emulates the key bindings for cutting and
pasting, and selection of regions, found in Windows, Motif, and the
Macintosh.

** Help buffers now use a special major mode, Help mode.  This mode
normally turns on View mode; it also provides a hook, help-mode-hook,
which you can use for other customization.

** Apropos now uses faces for enhanced legibility.  It now describes
symbol properties as well as their function definitions and variable
values.  You can use Mouse-2 or RET to get more information about a
function definition, variable, or property.

** Font Lock mode

*** Supports Scheme, TCL and Help modes

For example, to automatically turn on Font Lock mode in the *Help*
buffer, put:

 (add-hook 'help-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)

in your ~/.emacs.

*** Enhanced fontification

The structure of font-lock-keywords is extended to allow "anchored" keywords.
Typically, a keyword item of font-lock-keywords comprises a regexp to search
for and information to specify how the regexp should be highlighted.  However,
the highlighting information is extended so that it can be another keyword
item.  This keyword item, its regexp and highlighting information, is processed
before resuming with the keyword item of which it is part.

For example, a typical keyword item might be:

 ("\\<anchor\\>" (0 anchor-face))

which fontifies each occurrence of the discrete word "anchor" in the value of
the variable anchor-face.  However, the highlighting information can be used to
fontify text that is anchored to the word "anchor".  For example:

 ("\\<anchor\\>" (0 anchor-face) ("\\=[ ,]*\\(item\\)" nil nil (1 item-face)))

which fontifies each occurrence of "anchor" as above, but for each occurrence
of "anchor", each occurrence of "item", in any following comma separated list,
is fontified in the value of the variable item-face.  Thus the "item" text is
anchored to the "anchor" text.  See the variable documentation for further
information.

This feature is used to extend the level and quality of fontification in a
number of modes.  For example, C/C++ modes now have level 3 decoration that
includes the fontification of variable and function names in declaration lists.
In this instance, the "anchor" described in the above example is a type or
class name, and an "item" is a variable or function name.

*** Fontification levels

The variables font-lock-maximum-decoration and font-lock-maximum-size are
extended to specify levels and sizes for specific modes.  The variable
font-lock-maximum-decoration specifies the preferred level of fontification for
modes that provide multiple levels (typically from "subdued" to "gaudy").  The
variable font-lock-maximum-size specifies the buffer size for which buffer
fontification is suppressed when Font Lock mode is turned on (typically because
it would take too long).

These variables can now specify values for individual modes, by supplying
lists of mode names and values.  For example, to use the above mentioned level
3 decoration for buffers in C/C++ modes, and default decoration otherwise, put:

 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration '((c-mode . 3) (c++-mode . 3)))

in your ~/.emacs.  Maximum buffer size values for individual modes are
specified in the same way with the variable font-lock-maximum-size.

*** Font Lock configuration

The mechanism to provide default settings for Font Lock mode are the variables
font-lock-defaults and font-lock-maximum-decoration.  Typically, you should
only need to change the value of font-lock-maximum-decoration.  However, to
support Font Lock mode for buffers in modes that currently do not support Font
Lock mode, you should set a buffer local value of font-lock-defaults for that
mode, typically via its mode hook.

These variables are used by Font Lock mode to set the values of the variables
font-lock-keywords, font-lock-keywords-only, font-lock-syntax-table,
font-lock-beginning-of-syntax-function and font-lock-keywords-case-fold-search.

You need not set these variables directly, and should not set them yourself
since the underlining mechanism may change in future.

** Archive mode is now the default mode for various sorts of
archive files (files whose names end with .arc, .lzh, .zip, and .zoo).

** You can automatically update the years in copyright notice by
means of (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'copyright-update).
Optionally it can update the GPL version as well.
d260 1
a260 6
** Scripts of various languages (Shell, AWK, Perl, makefiles ...) can
be automatically provided with a magic number and be made executable
by their respective modes under control of various user variables.
The mode must call (executable-set-magic "perl") or
(executable-set-magic "make" "-f").  The latter for example has no
effect on [Mm]akefile.
d262 1
a262 3
** Shell script mode now supports over 15 different shells.  The new
command C-c ! executes the region, and optionally beginning of script
as well, by passing them to the shell.
d264 1
a264 6
Cases such as `sh' being a `bash' are now accounted for.
Fontification now also does variables, the magic number and all
builtin commands.  Shell script mode no longer mingles `tab-width' and
indentation style.  The variable `sh-tab-width' has been renamed to
`sh-indentation'.  Empty lines are now indented like previous
non-empty line, rather than just previous line.
d266 2
a267 3
The annoying $ variable prompting has been eliminated.  Instead, shell
script mode uses `comint-dynamic-completion' for commands, variables
and filenames.
d269 1
a269 3
** Two-column mode now automatically scrolls both buffers together,
which makes it possible to eliminate the special scrolling commands
that used to do so.
d271 2
a272 85
The commands that operate in two-column mode are no longer bound to
keys outside that mode.  f2 o will now position at the same point in
associated buffer.

the new command f2 RET inserts a newline in both buffers, at point and
at the corresponding position in the associated buffer.

** Skeleton commands now work smoothly as abbrev definitions.  The
element < no longer exists, ' is a new element.

** The autoinsert insert facility for prefilling empty files as soon
as they are found has been extended to accommodate skeletons or calling
functions.  See the function auto-insert.

** TPU-edt Changes

Loading tpu-edt no longer turns on tpu-edt mode.  In fact, it is no
longer necessary to explicitly load tpu-edt.  All you need to do to
turn on tpu-edt is run the tpu-edt function.  Here's how to run
tpu-edt instead of loading the file:
  
  Running Emacs:   Type      emacs -f tpu-edt
                    not      emacs -l tpu-edt

  Within Emacs:    Type      M-x tpu-edt <ret>
                    not      M-x load-library <ret> tpu-edt <ret>
  
  In .emacs:       Use       (tpu-edt)
                   not       (load "tpu-edt")
  
The default name of the tpu-edt X key definition file has changed from
~/.tpu-gnu-keys to ~/.tpu-keys.  If you don't rename the file yourself,
tpu-edt will offer to rename it the first time you invoke it under
x-windows.

** MS-DOS Enhancements:

*** Better mouse control by adding the following functions [in dosfns.c]
msdos-mouse-enable, msdos-mouse-disable, msdos-mouse-init.

*** If another foreground/background color than the default is setup in
your ~/_emacs, then the screen briefly flickers with the default
colors before changing to the colors you have specified.  To avoid
this, the EMACSCOLORS environment variable exists.  It shall be
defined as a string with the following elements:
  
    set EMACSCOLORS=fb;fb
  
The first set of "fb" defines the initial foreground and background
colors using standard dos color numbers (0=black,.., 7=white).
If specified, the second set of "fb" defines the colors which are
restored when you leave emacs.
  
*** The new SUSPEND environment variable can now be set as the shell to
use when suspending emacs.  This can be used to override the stupid
limitation on the environment of sub-shells in MS-DOS (they are just
large enough to hold the currently defined variables, not leaving
room for more); to overcome this limitation, add this to autoexec.bat:
  
    set SUSPEND=%COMSPEC% /E:2000

** The escape character can now be displayed on X frames.  Try
this:
    (aset standard-display-table 27 (vector 27))
after first creating a display table (you can do that by loading
the disp-table library).

** The new command-line option --eval specifies an expression to evaluate
from the command line.

** etags has now the ability to tag Perl files.  They are recognised
either by the .pm and .pl suffixes or by a first line which starts
with `#!' and specifies a Perl interpreter.  The tagged lines are
those beginning with the `sub' keyword.

New suffixes recognised are .hpp for C++; .f90 for Fortran; .bib,
.ltx, .TeX for TeX (.bbl, .dtx removed); .ml for Lisp; .prolog for
prolog (.pl is now Perl).

** The files etc/termcap.dat and etc/termcap.ucb have been replaced
with a new, merged, and much more comprehensive termcap file.  The
new file should include all the special entries from the old one.
This new file is under active development as part of the ncurses
project.  If you have any questions about this file, or problems with
an entry in it, email terminfo@@ccil.org.
d274 1
a274 1
* Lisp changes in Emacs 19.30.
d276 1
a276 1
** New Data Types
d278 6
a283 155
*** There is a new data type called a char-table which is an array
indexed by a character.  Currently this is mostly equivalent to a
vector of length 256, but in the future, when a wider character set is
in use, it will be different.  To create one, call
   (make-char-table SUBTYPE INITIAL-VALUE)

SUBTYPE is a symbol that identifies the specific use of this
character table.  It can be any of these values:

  syntax-table
  display-table
  keyboard-translate-table
  case-table

The function `char-table-subtype' returns the subtype of a char-table.
You cannot alter the subtype of an existing char-table.

A char-table has an element for each character code.  It also has some
"extra slots".  The number of extra slots depends on the subtype and
their use depends on the subtype.  (Each subtype symbol has a
`char-table-extra-slots' property that says how many extra slots to
make.)  Use (char-table-extra-slot TABLE N) to access extra slot N and
(set-char-table-extra-slot TABLE N VALUE) to store VALUE in slot N.

A char-table T can have a parent, which should be another char-table
P.  If you look for the value in T for character C, and the table T
actually holds nil, P's element for character C is used instead.
The functions `char-table-parent' and `set-char-table-parent'
let you read or set the parent of a char-table.

To scan all the values in a char-table, do not try to loop through all
possible character codes.  That would work for now, but will not work
in the future.  Instead, call map-char-table.  (map-char-table
FUNCTION TABLE) calls FUNCTION once for each character or character
set that has a distinct value in TABLE.  FUNCTION gets two arguments,
RANGE and VALUE.  RANGE specifies a range of TABLE that has one
uniform value, and VALUE is the value in TABLE for that range.

Currently, RANGE is always a vector containing a single character
and it refers to that character alone.  In the future, other kinds
of ranges will occur.  You can set the value for a given range
with (set-char-table-range TABLE RANGE VALUE) and examine the value
for a range with (char-table-range TABLE RANGE).

*** Syntax tables are now represented as char-tables.
All syntax tables other than the standard syntax table
normally have the standard syntax table as their parent.
Their subtype is `syntax-table'.

*** Display tables are now represented as char-tables.
Their subtype is `display-table'.

*** Case tables are now represented as char-tables.
Their subtype is `case-table'.

*** The value of keyboard-translate-table may now be a char-table
instead of a string.  Normally the char-tables used for this purpose
have the subtype `keyboard-translate-table', but that is not required.

*** A new data type called a bool-vector is a vector of values
that are either t or nil.  To create one, do
   (make-bool-vector LENGTH INITIAL-VALUE)

** You can now specify, for each marker, how it should relocate when
text is inserted at the place where the marker points.  This is called
the "insertion type" of the marker.

To set the insertion type, do (set-marker-insertion-type MARKER TYPE).
If TYPE is t, it means the marker advances when text is inserted.  If
TYPE is nil, it means the marker does not advance.  (In Emacs 19.29,
markers did not advance.)

The function marker-insertion-type reports the insertion type of a
given marker.  The function copy-marker takes a second argument TYPE
which specifies the insertion type of the new copied marker.

** When you create an overlay, you can specify the insertion type of
the beginning and of the end.  To do this, you can use two new
arguments to make-overlay: front-advance and rear-advance.

** The new function overlays-in returns a list of the overlays that
overlap a specified range of the buffer.  The returned list includes
empty overlays at the beginning of this range, as well as within the
range.

** The new hook window-scroll-functions is run when a window has been
scrolled.  The functions in this list are called just before
redisplay, after the new window-start has been computed.  Each function
is called with two arguments--the window that has been scrolled, and its
new window-start position.

This hook is useful for on-the-fly fontification and other features
that affect how the redisplayed text will look when it is displayed.

The window-end value of the window is not valid when these functions
are called.  The computation of window-end is byproduct of actual
redisplay of the window contents, which means it has not yet happened
when the hook is run.  Computing window-end specially in advance for
the sake of these functions would cause a slowdown.

The hook functions can determine where the text on the window will end
by calling vertical-motion starting with the window-start position.

** The new hook redisplay-end-trigger-functions is run whenever
redisplay in window uses text that extends past a specified end
trigger position.  You set the end trigger position with the function
set-window-redisplay-end-trigger.  The functions are called with two
arguments: the window, and the end trigger position.  Storing nil for
the end trigger position turns off the feature, and the trigger value
is automatically reset to nil just after the hook is run.

You can use the function window-redisplay-end-trigger to read a
window's current end trigger value.

** The new function insert-file-contents-literally inserts the
contents of a file without any character set translation or decoding.

** The new function safe-length computes the length of a list.
It never gets an error--it treats any non-list like nil.
If given a circular list, it returns an upper bound for the number
of elements before the circularity.

** replace-match now takes a fifth argument, SUBEXP.  If SUBEXP is
non-nil, that says to replace just subexpression number SUBEXP of the
regexp that was matched, not the entire match.  For example, after
matching `foo \(ba*r\)' calling replace-match with 1 as SUBEXP means
to replace just the text that matched `\(ba*r\)'.

** The new keymap special-event-map defines bindings for certain
events that should be handled at a very low level--as soon as they
are read.  The read-event function processes these events itself,
and never returns them.

Events that are handled in this way do not echo, they are never
grouped into key sequences, and they never appear in the value of
last-command-event or (this-command-keys).  They do not discard a
numeric argument, they cannot be unread with unread-command-events,
they may not appear in a keyboard macro, and they are not recorded
in a keyboard macro while you are defining one.

These events do, however, appear in last-input-event immediately after
they are read, and this is the way for the event's definition to find
the actual event.

The events types iconify-frame, make-frame-visible and delete-frame
are normally handled in this way.

** encode-time now supports simple date arithmetic by means of
out-of-range values for its SEC, MINUTE, HOUR, DAY, and MONTH
arguments; for example, day 0 means the day preceding the given month.
Also, the ZONE argument can now be a TZ-style string.

** command-execute and call-interactively now accept an optional third
argument KEYS.  If specified and non-nil, this specifies the key
sequence containing the events that were used to invoke the command.
d285 4
a288 4
** The environment variable NAME, if set, now specifies the value of
(user-full-name), when Emacs starts up.

* User Editing Changes in Emacs 19.29
d290 7
a296 1
** If you run out of memory.
d298 1
a298 4
If you get the error message "Virtual memory exhausted", type C-x s.
That way of saving files has the least additional memory needs.  Emacs
19.29 keeps a reserve of memory which it makes available when this
error happens; that is to ensure that C-x s can complete its work.
d300 3
a302 3
Once you have saved your data, you can exit and restart Emacs, or use
M-x kill-some-buffers to free up space.  If you kill buffers
containing a substantial amount of text, you can go on editing.
d304 1
a304 3
Do not use M-x buffer-menu to save or kill buffers when you are out of
memory, because that needs a fair amount memory itself and you may not
have enough to get it started.
d306 6
a311 1
** The format of compiled files has changed incompatibly.
d313 1
a313 3
Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19.29 normally use a new format
that will not work in older Emacs versions.  You can compile files
in the old format if you wish; see "Changes in compilation," below.
d315 1
a315 1
** Emacs 19.29 supports the DEC Alpha.
d317 4
a320 1
** Emacs runs on Windows NT.
d322 1
a322 2
This port does not yet support windowing features.  It works like a
text-only terminal, but it does support a mouse.
d324 3
a326 3
In general, support for non-GNU-like operating systems is not a high
priority for the GNU project.  We merged in the support for Windows NT
because that system is expected to be very widely used.
d328 1
a328 1
** Emacs supports Motif widgets.
d330 2
a331 2
You can build Emacs with Motif widgets by specifying --with-x-toolkit=motif
when you run configure.
d333 1
a333 5
Motif defines collections of windows called "tab groups", and uses the
tab key and the cursor keys to move between windows in a tab group.
Emacs naturally does not support this--it has other uses for the tab
key and cursor keys.  Emacs does not support Motif accelerators either,
because it uses its normal keymap event binding features.
d335 6
a340 2
We give higher priority to operation with a free widget set than to
operation with a proprietary one.
d342 6
a347 4
** If Emacs or the computer crashes, you can recover all the files you
were editing from their auto save files by typing M-x recover-session.
This first shows you a list of recorded interrupted sessions.  Move
point to the one you choose, and type C-c C-c.
d349 5
a353 5
Then recover-session asks about each of the files that were being
edited during that session, asking whether to recover that file.  If
you answer y, it calls recover-file, which works in its normal
fashion.  It shows the dates of the original file and its auto-save
file and asks once again whether to recover that file.
d355 1
a355 3
When recover-session is done, the files you've chosen to recover
are present in Emacs buffers.  You should then save them.
Only this--saving them--updates the files themselves.
d357 1
a357 3
** Menu bar menus now stay up if you click on the menu bar item and
release the mouse button within a certain amount of time.  This is in
the X Toolkit version.
d359 1
a359 4
** The menu bar menus have been rearranged and split up to make for a
better organization.  Two new menu bar menus, Tools and Search,
contain items that were formerly in the Files and Edit menus, as well
as some that did not exist in the menu bar menus before.
d361 1
a361 3
** Emacs can now display on more than one X display at the same time.
Use the command make-frame-on-display to create a frame, specifying
which display to use.
d363 2
a364 4
** M-x talk-connect sets up a multi-user talk connection
via Emacs.  Specify the X display of the person you want to talk to.
You can talk to any number of people (within reason) by using
this command repeatedly to specify different people.
d366 2
a367 3
Emacs does not make a fuss about security; the people who you talk to
can use all Emacs features, including visiting and editing files.  If
this frightens you, don't use M-x talk-connect.
d369 1
a369 3
** The range of integer values is now at least 2**28 on all machines.
This means the maximum size of a buffer is at least 2**27-1,
or 134,217,727.
d371 3
a373 2
** When you start Emacs, you can now specify option names in
long GNU form (starting with `--') and you can abbreviate the names.
d375 1
a375 3
You can now specify the options in any order.
The previous requirements about the order of options
have been eliminated.
d377 2
a378 3
The -L or --directory option lets you specify an additional
directory to search for Lisp libraries (including libraries
that you specify with the -l or --load options).
d380 1
a380 4
** Incremental search in Transient Mark mode, if the mark is already
active, now leaves the mark active and does not change its position.
You can make incremental search deactivate the mark once again with
this expression.
d382 1
a382 1
    (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'deactivate-mark)
d384 2
a385 4
** C-delete now deletes a word backwards.  This is for compatibility
with some editors in the PC world.  (This key is not available on
ordinary ASCII terminals, because C-delete is not a distinct character
on those terminals.)
d387 5
a391 2
** ESC ESC ESC is now a command to escape from various temporary modes
and states.
d393 6
a398 3
** M-x pc-bindings-mode sets up bindings compatible with many PC editors.
In particular, Delete and its variants delete forward instead of backward.
Use Backspace to delete backward.
d400 4
a403 4
C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
M-Backspace does undo.
Home and End move to beginning and end of line
C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
d405 5
a409 5
** The key sequence for evaluating a Lisp expression using the minibuffer
is now ESC :.  It used to be ESC ESC, but we moved it to make way for
the ESC ESC ESC feature, on the grounds that people who evaluate Lisp
expressions are experienced users and can cope with a change.
If you prefer the old ESC ESC binding, put in your `~/.emacs':
d411 1
a411 1
	(global-set-key "\e\e" 'eval-expression)
d413 3
a415 3
** The f1 function key is now equivalent to the help key.  This is
done with key-translation-map; delete the binding for f1 in that map
if you want to use f1 for something else.
d417 2
a418 3
** Mouse-3, in the simplest case, still sets the region.  But now, it
places the mark where point was, and sets point where you click.
(It used to set the mark where you click and leave point alone.)
d420 4
a423 5
If you position point with Mouse-1, then scroll with the scroll bar
and use Mouse-3, Mouse-3 uses the position you specified with Mouse-1
even if it has scrolled off the screen (and point is no longer there).
This makes it easier to select a region with the mouse which is bigger
than a screenful.
d425 1
a425 4
Any editing of the buffer, and any cursor motion or scrolling for any
reason other than the scroll bar, cancels the special state set up by
Mouse-1--so that a subsequent Mouse-3 click will use the actual value
of point.
d427 2
a428 2
** C-mouse-3 now pops up a mode-specific menu of commands--normally
the same ones available in the mode's own menu bar menus.
d430 13
a442 4
** C-mouse-2 now pops up a menu of faces, indentation, justification,
and certain other text properties.  This menu is also available
through the menu-bar Edit menu.  It is meant for use with Enriched
mode.
d444 1
a444 2
*** You can use this menu to change the face of the region.
You can also set the face of the region with the new M-g command.
d446 1
a446 3
*** The menu also includes commands for indenting the region, 
which locally changes the values of left-margin and fill-column that
are used.
d448 1
a448 2
*** All fill functions now indent every line to the left-margin.  If
there is also a fill-prefix, that goes after the margin indentation.
d450 5
a454 2
*** Open-line and newline also make sure that the lines they create
are indented to the left margin.
d456 1
a456 4
*** It also allows you to set the "justification" of the region:
whether it should be centered, flush right, and so forth.  The fill
functions (including auto-fill-mode) will maintain the justification
and indentation that you request.
d458 2
a459 2
*** The new function `list-colors-display' shows you what colors are
available.  This is also accessible from the C-mouse-2 menu.
d461 1
a461 5
** You can now save and load files including their faces and other
text-properties by using Enriched-mode.  Files are saved in an
extended version of the MIME text/enriched format.  You can use the
menus described above, or M-g and other keyboard commands, to
alter the formatting information.
d463 3
a465 1
** C-mouse-1 now pops up the menu for changing the frame's default font.
d467 3
a469 3
** You can input Hyper, Super, Meta, and Alt characters, as well as
non-ASCII control characters, on an ASCII-only terminal.
To do this, use
d471 5
a475 6
  C-x @@ h  --  hyper
  C-x @@ s  --  super
  C-x @@ m  --  meta
  C-x @@ a  --  alt
  C-x @@ S  --  shift
  C-x @@ c  --  control
d477 5
a481 3
These are not ordinary key sequences; they operate through
function-key-map, which means they can be used even in the
middle of an ordinary key sequence.
d483 3
a485 2
** Outline minor mode and Hideif mode now use C-c @@ as their prefix
character.
d487 4
a490 2
** Echo area messages are now logged in the "*Messages*" buffer.  The
size of this buffer is limited to message-log-max lines.
d492 3
a494 5
** RET in various special modes for read-only buffers that contain
lists of items now selects the item point is on.  These modes include
Dired, Compilation buffers, Buffer-menu, Tar mode, and Occur mode.
(In Info, RET follows the reference near point; in completion list
buffers, RET chooses the completion around point.)
d496 1
a496 4
** set-background-color now updates the modeline face in a special
way.  If that face was previously set up to be reverse video, the
reverse of the default face, then set-background-color updates it so
that it remains the reverse of the default face.
d498 2
a499 2
** The functions raise-frame and lower-frame are now commands.
When used interactively, they apply to the selected frame.
d501 1
a501 2
** M-x buffer-menu now displays the buffer list in the selected window.
Use M-x buffer-menu-other-window to display it in another window.
d503 3
a505 4
** M-w followed by a kill command now *does not* append the text in
the kill ring.  In consequence, M-w followed by C-w works as you would
expect: it leaves the top of the kill ring matching the region that
you killed.
d507 2
a508 4
** In Lisp mode, the C-M-x command now executes defvar forms in a
special way: it unconditionally sets the variable to the specified
default value, if there is one.  Normal execution of defvar does not
alter the variable if it already has a non-void value.
d510 1
a510 3
** In completion list buffers, the left and right arrow keys run the
new commands previous-completion and next-completion.  They move one
completion at a time.
d512 5
a516 2
** While doing completion in the minibuffer, the `prior' or `pageup'
key switches to the completion list window.
d518 2
a519 2
** When you exit the minibuffer with empty contents, the empty string
is not put in the minibuffer history.
d521 1
a521 4
** The default buffer for insert-buffer is now the "first" buffer
other than the current one.  If you have more than one window, this
is a buffer visible in another window.  (Usually it is the buffer
that C-M-v would scroll.)
d523 2
a524 2
** The etags program is now capable of recording tags based on regular
expressions provided on the command line.
d526 1
a526 4
This new feature allows easy support for constructs not normally
handled by etags, such as the macros frequently used in big C/C++
projects to define project-specific structures.  It also enables the
use of etags and TAGS files for languages not supported by etags.
d528 7
a534 2
The Emacs manual section on Tags contains explanations and examples
for Emacs's DEFVAR, VHDL, Cobol, Postscript and TCL.
d536 1
a536 2
** Various mode-specific commands that used to be bound to C-c LETTER
have been moved.
d538 2
a539 2
*** In gnus-uu mode, gnus-uu-interactive-scan-directory is now on C-c C-d,
and gnus-uu-interactive-save-current-file is on C-c C-z.
d541 1
a541 5
*** In Scribe mode, scribe-insert-environment is now on C-c C-v,
scribe-chapter is on C-c C-c, scribe-subsection is on C-c C-s,
scribe-section is on C-c C-t, scribe-bracket-region-be is on C-c C-e,
scribe-italicize-word is on C-c C-i, scribe-bold-word is on C-c C-b,
and scribe-underline-word is on C-c C-u.
d543 5
a547 3
*** In Gomoku mode, gomoku-human-takes-back is now on C-c C-b,
gomoku-human-plays is on C-c C-p, gomoku-human-resigns is on C-c C-r,
and gomoku-emacs-plays is on C-c C-e.
d549 2
a550 2
*** In the Outline mode defined in allout.el,
outline-rebullet-current-heading is now on C-c *.
d552 2
a553 3
** M-s in Info now searches through the nodes of the Info file,
just like s.  The alias M-s was added so that you can use the same
command for searches in both Info and Rmail.
d555 1
a555 2
** iso-acc.el now lets you enter inverted-! and inverted-?
with the sequences ~! and ~?.
d557 2
a558 2
** M-x compare-windows now pushes mark in both windows before
it starts moving point.
d560 1
a560 4
** There are two new commands in Dired, A (dired-do-search)
and Q (dired-do-query-replace).  These are similar to tags-search and
tags-query-replace, but instead of searching the list of files that
appears in a tags table, they search all the files marked in Dired.
d562 1
a562 1
** Changes to dabbrev.
d564 3
a566 2
A new function, `dabbrev-completion' (bound to M-C-/), expands the
unique part of an abbreviation.
d568 1
a568 2
Dabbrev now looks for expansions in other buffers, looks for symbols
instead of words and it works in the minibuffer.
d570 5
a574 3
Dabbrev can be customized to work for shell scripts, with variables
that sometimes have and sometimes haven't a leading "$".  See the
variable 'dabbrev-abbrev-skip-leading-regexp'.
d576 2
a577 3
** In Rmail, the command rmail-input-menu has been eliminated.  The
feature of selecting an Rmail file from a menu is now implemented in
another way.
d579 3
a581 1
** Bookmarks changes.
d583 2
a584 1
*** It now works to set bookmarks in Info nodes.
d586 2
a587 2
*** Bookmarks can have annotations; type "C-h m" after doing 
"M-x list-bookmarks", for more information on annotations.
d589 3
a591 2
*** The bookmark-jump popup menu function is now `bookmark-menu-jump', for
those who bind it to a mouse click.
d593 1
a593 3
*** The default bookmarks file name is now "~/.emacs.bmk".  If you
already have a bookmarks file, it will be renamed automagically when
you next load it.
d595 4
a598 1
** New package, ps-print.
d600 1
a600 3
The ps-print package generates PostScript printouts of buffers or
regions, and includes face attributes such as color, underlining,
boldface and italics in the printed output.
d602 4
a605 1
** New package, msb.
d607 1
a607 2
The msb package provides a buffer-menu in the menubar with separate
menus for different types of buffers.
d609 4
a612 3
** `cpp.el' is a new library that can highlight or hide parts of a C
file according to C preprocessor conditionals.  To try it, run the
command M-x cpp-highlight-buffer.
d614 2
a615 1
** Changes in CC mode.
d617 1
a617 3
*** c-set-offset and related functions and variables can now accept
variable symbols.  Also ++ and -- which mean 2* positive and negative
c-basic-offset respectively.
d619 5
a623 4
*** New variable, c-recognize-knr-p, which controls whether K&R C
constructs will be recognized.  Trying to recognize K&R constructs is a
time hog so if you're programming strictly in ANSI C, set this
variable to nil (it should already be nil in c++-mode).
d625 4
a628 2
*** New variable, c-hanging-comment-ender-p for controlling
c-fill-paragraph's behavior.
d630 1
a630 2
*** New syntactic symbol: statement-case-open.  This is assigned to lines
containing an open brace just after a case/default label.
d632 2
a633 3
*** New variable, c-progress-interval, which controls minibuffer update
message displays during long re-indention.  This is a new feature
which prints percentage complete messages at specified intervals.
d635 1
a635 1
** Makefile mode changes. 
d637 1
a637 1
*** The electric keys are not enabled by default.
d639 3
a641 1
*** There is now a mode-specific menu bar menu.
d643 6
a648 1
*** The mode supports font-lock, add-log, and imenu.
d650 5
a654 1
*** The command M-TAB does completion of target names and variable names.
d656 1
a656 2
** icomplete.el now works more like a minor mode.  Use M-x icomplete-mode
to turn it on and off.
d658 3
a660 5
Icomplete now supports an `icomplete-minibuffer-setup-hook', which is
run on minibuffer setup whenever icompletion will be occurring.  This
hook can be used to customize interoperation of icomplete with other
minibuffer-specific packages, eg rsz-mini.  See the doc string for
more info.
d662 1
a662 1
** Ediff change.
d664 2
a665 4
Use ediff-revision instead of vc-ediff.  It also replaces rcs-ediff,
for those who use that; if you want to use a version control package
other than vc.el, you must set the variable
ediff-version-control-package to specify which package.
d667 1
a667 1
** VC now supports branches with RCS.
d669 2
a670 3
You can use C-u C-x C-q to select any branch or version by number.
It reads the version number or branch number with the minibuffer,
then checks out the file unlocked.
d672 1
a672 3
Type C-x C-q again to lock the selected branch or version.
When you check in changes to that branch or version, there are two
possibilities:
d674 2
a675 4
-- If you've selected a branch, or a version at the tip of a branch,
then the new version adds to that branch.  If you wish to create a
new branch, use C-u C-x C-q to specify a version number when you check
in the new version.
d677 1
a677 2
-- If you've selected an inner version which is not the latest in its
branch, then the new version automatically creates a new branch.
d679 5
a683 1
** VC now supports CVS as well as RCS and SCCS.
d685 1
a685 3
Since there are no locks in CVS, some things behave slightly
different when the backend is CVS.  When vc-next-action is invoked
in a directory handled by CVS, it does the following:
d687 3
a689 10
   If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
control.  This does a "cvs add", but no "cvs commit".
   If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
   If the file has not been changed, neither in your working area or
in the repository, a message is printed and nothing is done.
   If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when you
finish the log message with C-c C-c, that checks in the resulting
changes along with the log message as change commentary.  A writable
file remains in existence.
d691 1
a691 2
   If vc-next-action changes the repository file, it asks you
whether to merge in the changes into your working copy.
d693 7
a699 4
vc-directory, when started in a CVS file hierarchy, reports
all files that are modified (and thus need to be committed).
(When the backend is RCS or SCCS vc-directory reports all
locked files).
d701 2
a702 3
VC has no support for running the initial "cvs checkout" to get a
working copy of a module.  You can only use VC in a working copy of
a module.
d704 1
a704 1
You can disable the CVS support as follows:
d706 8
a713 1
  (setq vc-master-templates (delq 'vc-find-cvs-master vc-master-templates))
d715 1
a715 1
or by setting vc-handle-cvs to nil.
d717 2
a718 3
This may be desirable if you run a non-standard version of CVS, or
if CVS was compiled with FORCE_USE_EDITOR or (possibly)
RELATIVE_REPOS.
d720 2
a721 1
** Comint and shell mode changes:
d723 7
a729 1
*** Completion works with file names containing quoted characters.
d731 4
a734 3
File names containing special characters (such as " ", "!", etc.) that are
quoted with a "\" character are recognised during completion.  Special
characters are quoted when they are inserted during completion.
d736 2
a737 1
*** You can use M-x comint-truncate-buffer to truncate the buffer.
d739 1
a739 4
When this command is run, the buffer is truncated to a maximum number
of lines, specified by the variable comint-buffer-maximum-size.  Just
like the command comint-strip-ctrl-m, this can be run automatically
during process output by doing this:
d741 1
a741 2
(add-hook 'comint-output-filter-functions
	  'comint-truncate-buffer)
d743 9
a751 1
** Telnet mode buffer name changed.
d753 1
a753 2
The buffer name for a Telnet buffer is now *telnet-HOST*, not
 *HOST-telnet*.  This is for consistency with other Emacs packages.
d755 1
a755 2
** M-x man (man) is now faster and more robust.  On systems where the
entire man page is indented, the indentation is removed.
d757 3
a759 6
The user option names that used to end in -p now end in -flag.  The
new names are: Man-reuse-okay-flag, Man-downcase-section-letters-flag,
Man-circular-pages-flag.  The Man-notify user option has been renamed to
Man-notify-method and accepts one more value, `pushy', that just
switches the current buffer to the manpage buffer, without switching
frames nor changing your windows configuration.
d761 1
a761 6
A new user option Man-fontify-manpage-flag disables fontification
(thus speeding up man) when set to nil.  Default is to fontify if a
window system is used.  Two new user options Man-overstrike-face
(default 'bold) and Man-underline-face (default 'underline) can be set
to the preferred faces to be used for the words that man overstrikes
and underlines.  Useful for those who like coloured man pages.
d763 1
a763 5
Two new interactive functions are provided: Man-cleanup-manpage and
Man-fontify-manpage.  Both can be used on a buffer that contains the
output of a `rsh host man manpage' command, or the output of an
`nroff -man -Tman manpage' command to make them readable.
Man-cleanup-manpage is faster, but does not fontify.
d765 1
a765 2
** The new function modify-face makes it easy to specify
all the attributes of a face, all at once.
d767 3
a769 1
** Faces now support background stippling.
d771 1
a771 4
Use the command set-face-stipple to specify the stipple-pattern for a
face.  Use face-stipple to access the specified stipple pattern.  The
existing face functions now handle the stipple pattern when
appropriate.
d773 1
a773 3
If you specify one of the standard gray colors as a face background
color, and your display doesn't handle gray, Emacs automatically uses
stipple instead to get the same effect.
d775 4
a778 1
** Changes in Font Lock mode.
d780 1
a780 1
*** Fontification
d782 3
a784 5
Two new default faces are provided; `font-lock-variable-name-face' and
`font-lock-reference-face'.  The face `font-lock-doc-string-face' has
been removed since it is the same as the existing
`font-lock-string-face'.  Where appropriate, fontification
automatically uses these new faces.
d786 1
a786 5
Fontification via commands `font-lock-mode' and
`font-lock-fontify-buffer' is now cleanly interruptible (i.e., with
C-g).  If you interrupt during the fontification process, the buffer
remains in its previous modified state and all highlighting is removed
from the buffer.
d788 2
a789 3
For C/C++ modes, Font Lock mode is much faster but highlights much
more.  Other modes are faster/more extensive/more discriminatory, or a
combination of these.
d791 1
a791 2
To enable Font Lock mode, add the new function `turn-on-font-lock' in
one of the following ways:
d793 2
a794 1
 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
d796 3
a798 1
Or for any visited file with:
d800 1
a800 1
 (add-hook 'find-file-hooks 'turn-on-font-lock)
d802 8
a809 1
*** Supports color and grayscale displays
d811 1
a811 4
Font Lock mode supports different ways of highlighting, depending on
the type of display and background shade.  Attributes (face color,
bold, italic and underline, and display type and background mode) can
be controlled either from Emacs Lisp or X resources.
d813 2
a814 2
See the new variables `font-lock-display-type' and
`font-lock-face-attributes'.
d816 2
a817 1
*** Supports more modes
d819 4
a822 1
The following modes are directly supported:
d824 9
a832 6
ada-mode, asm-mode, bibtex-mode, c++-c-mode, c++-mode, c-mode,
change-log-mode, compilation-mode, dired-mode, emacs-lisp-mode,
fortran-mode, latex-mode, lisp-mode, mail-mode, makefile-mode,
outline-mode, pascal-mode, perl-mode, plain-tex-mode, rmail-mode,
rmail-summary-mode, scheme-mode, shell-mode, slitex-mode, tex-mode,
texinfo-mode.
d834 4
a837 2
See the new variables `font-lock-defaults-alist' and
`font-lock-defaults'.
d839 1
a839 3
Some modes support different levels of fontification.  You can choose
to use the minimum or maximum available decoration by changing the
value of the new variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration'.
d841 3
a843 3
Programmers are urged to make available to the community their own
keywords for modes not yet supported.  See font-lock.el for
information about efficiency.
d845 1
a845 1
*** fast-lock
d847 3
a849 7
The fast-lock package speeds up Font Lock mode by saving font choices
in associated cache files.  When you visit a file with Font Lock mode
and Fast Lock mode turned on for the first time, the file's buffer is
fontified as normal.  When certain events occur (such as exiting
Emacs), Fast Lock saves the highlighting in a cache file.  When you
subsequently visit this file, its cache is used to restore the
highlighting.
d851 5
a855 1
To use this package, put in your `~/.emacs':
d857 3
a859 1
 (add-hook 'font-lock-mode-hook 'turn-on-fast-lock)
d861 3
a863 1
To control the use of caches, see the documentation for `fast-lock-mode'.
d865 3
a867 3
** You can tell pop-to-buffer to display certain buffers in the selected
window rather than finding some other window to display them in.
There are two variables you can use to specify these buffers.
d869 5
a873 2
same-window-buffer-names holds a list of buffer names; if a buffer's
name appears in this list, pop-to-buffer puts it in the selected window.
d875 2
a876 3
same-window-regexps holds a list of regexps--if any one of them
matches a buffer's name, then pop-to-buffer puts that buffer in the
selected window.
d878 4
a881 5
The default values of these variables are not nil: they list various
buffers that normally appear, when you as for them, in the selected
window.  These include shell buffers, mail buffers, telnet buffers,
and others.  By removing elements from these variables, you can ask
Emacs to display those buffers in separate windows.
d883 1
a883 3
** The special-display-buffer-names and special-display-regexps lists
have been generalized.  An element may now be a list.  The car of the list
is the buffer name or regular expression for matching buffer names.
d885 1
a885 2
The cdr of the list can be an alist specifying additional frame
parameters for use in constructing the special display frame.
d887 5
a891 1
Alternatively, the cdr can have this form:
d893 1
a893 1
  (FUNCTION ARGS...)
d895 2
a896 3
where FUNCTION is a symbol.  Then the frame is constructed by calling
FUNCTION; its first argument is the buffer, and its remaining
arguments are ARGS.
d898 4
a901 2
** If the environment variable REPLYTO is set, its value is the default
for mail-default-reply-to.
d903 2
a904 4
** When you send a message in Emacs, if you specify an Rmail file with
the FCC: header field, Emacs converts the message to Rmail format
before writing it.  Thus, the file never contains anything but Rmail
format messages.
d906 3
a908 2
** The new variable mail-from-style controls whether the From: header
should include the sender's full name, and if so, which format to use.
d910 1
a910 4
** The new variable mail-personal-alias-file specifies the name of the
user's personal aliases.  This defaults to the file ~/.mailrc.
mailabbrev.el used to have its own variable for this purpose
(mail-abbrev-mailrc-file).  That variable is no longer used.
d912 3
a914 2
** In Buffer-Menu mode, the d and C-d commands (which mark buffers for
deletion) now accept a prefix argument which serves as a repeat count.
d916 1
a916 1
** Changes in BibTeX mode.
d918 3
a920 3
*** Reference keys can now be entered with TAB completion.  All
reference keys defined in that buffer and all labels that appear in
crossreference entries are object to completion.
d922 2
a923 7
*** Braces are supported as field delimiters in addition to quotes.
BibTeX entries may have brace-delimited and quote-delimited fields
intermixed.  The delimiters generated for new entries are specified by
the variables bibtex-field-left-delimiter and
bibtex-field-right-delimiter on a buffer-local basis. Those variables
default to braces, since it is easier to put quote accented characters
(as the german umlauts) into a brace-delimited entry.
d925 1
a925 8
*** The function bibtex-clean-entry can now be invoked with a prefix
argument.  In this case, a label is automatically generated from
various fields in the record.  If bibtex-clean-entry is invoked on a
record without label, a label is also generated automatically.
Various variables (all beginning with `bibtex-autokey-') control the
creation of that key.  The variable bibtex-autokey-edit-before-use
determines, if the user is allowed to edit auto-generated reference
keys before they are used.
d927 4
a930 8
*** A New function bibtex-complete-string completes strings with
respect to the strings defined in this buffer and a set of predefined
strings (initialized to the string macros defined in the standard
BibTeX style files) in the same way in which ispell-complete-word
works with respect to words in a dictionary.  Candidates for
bibtex-complete-string are initialized from variable
bibtex-predefined-strings and by parsing the files found in
bibtex-string-files for @@String definitions.
d932 1
a932 5
*** Every reference/field pair has now attached a comment which
appears in the echo area when this field is edited.  These comments
should provide useful hints for BibTeX usage, especially for BibTeX
beginners.  New variable bibtex-help-message determines if these help
messages are to appear in the minibuffer when moving to a text entry.
d934 1
a934 2
*** Inscriptions of menu bar changed from "Entry Types" to
"Entry-Types" and "Bibtex Edit" to "BibTeX-Edit".
d936 1
a936 4
*** The variable bibtex-include-OPTcrossref is now not longer a binary
switch but a list of reference names which should contain a crossref
field.  E.g., you can tell bibtex-mode you want a crossref field for
@@InProceedings and @@InBook entries but for no other.
d938 3
a940 4
*** The function validate-bibtex-buffer was completely rewritten to
validate if a buffer is syntactically correct.  find-bibtex-duplicates
is no longer a function itself but was moved into
validate-bibtex-buffer.
d942 4
a945 7
*** Cleaning a BibTeX entry tests, if necessary fields are there.
E.g., if you tell bibtex-mode to include a crossref entry, some fields
are optional which would be required without the crossref entry.  If
you now leave the crossref entry empty and do a bibtex-clean-entry
with some now required fields left empty, version 2.0 of bibtex.el
complains about the absence of these fields, whereas version 1.3
didn't.
d947 5
a951 2
*** Default value for variables bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries and
bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries is now t.
d953 4
a956 1
*** All interactive functions are renamed to begin with `bibtex-'.
d958 1
a958 6
*** Keybindings with \C-c\C-e entry changed for unification.  Often
used reference types are now on control-modified keys, mediocre used
types are on unmodified keys, seldom used types are on shift-modified
keys and almost never used types on meta-modified keys.

* Configuration Changes in Emacs 19.29
d960 2
a961 2
** Emacs now uses directory /usr/local/share for most of its installed
files.  This follows a GNU convention for directory usage.
d963 1
a963 12
** The option --with-x11 is no longer supported.
X11 is the only version of X that Emacs 19.29 supports;
use --with-x if you need to request X support explicitly.
(Normally this should not be necessary, since configure should
automatically enable X support if X is installed on your machine.)

** If you use the site-init.el file to set the variable
mail-host-address to a string in the dumped Emacs, that string becomes
the default host address for initializing user-mail-address.
It is used instead of the value of (system-name).

* Lisp-Level Changes in Emacs 19.29
d965 3
a967 1
** Basic Lisp
d969 2
a970 732
*** The range of integer values is now at least 2**28 on all machines.
This means the maximum size of a buffer is at least 2**27-1,
or 134,217,727.

*** You can now use Common Lisp syntax for the backquote and comma
macros.  Thus, you can now write `(x ,y z) instead of (` (x (, y) z)).

The old syntax is still accepted.

*** The new function rassoc is like assoc, except that it compares the
key against the cdr of each alist element, where assoc would compare
it against the car of each alist element.

*** The new function unintern deletes a symbol from an obarray.  The
first argument can be the symbol to delete, or a string giving its
name.  The second argument specifies the obarray (nil means the
current default obarray).

If the specified symbol is not in the obarray, or if there's no symbol
in the obarray matching the specified string, unintern does nothing
and returns nil.  If it does delete a symbol, it returns t.

*** You can specify an alternative read function for use by load and
eval-region by binding the variable load-read-function to some other
function.  This function should accept one argument just like read.
If load-read-function is nil, load and eval-region use ordinary read.

*** The new function `type-of' takes any object as argument, and
returns a symbol identifying the type of that object--one of `symbol',
`integer', `float', `string', `cons', `vector', `marker', `overlay',
`window', `buffer', `subr', `compiled-function',
`window-configuration', `process'.

*** When you use eval-after-load for a file that is already loaded, it
executes the FORM right away.  As before, if the file is not yet
loaded, it arranges to execute FORM if and when the file is loaded
later.  The result is: if you have called eval-after-load for a file,
and if that file has been loaded, then regardless of the order of
these two events, the specified form has been evaluated.

*** The Lisp construct #@@NUMBER now skips the next NUMBER characters,
treating them as a comment.

You would not want to use this in a file you edit by hand, but it is
useful for commenting out parts of machine-generated files.

*** Two new functions, `plist-get' and `plist-put',
allow you to modify and retrieve values from lists formatted as property-lists.
They work like `get' and `put', but operate on any list.
`plist-put' returns the modified property-list; you must store it
back where you got it.

*** The new function add-to-list is called with two elements,
a variable that holds a list and a new element.
It adds the element to the list unless it is already present.
It compares elements using `equal'.  Here is an example:

(setq foo '(a b)) => (a b)

(add-to-list 'foo 'c) => (c a b)

(add-to-list 'foo 'b) => (c a b)

foo => (c a b)

** Changes in compilation.

Functions and variables loaded from a byte-compiled file
now refer to the file for their doc strings.

This has a few consequences:

-- Loading the file is faster and uses less memory.
-- Reference to doc strings is a little slower (the same speed
   as reference to the doc strings of primitive and preloaded functions).
-- The compiled files will not work in old versions of Emacs.
-- If you move the compiled file after loading it, Emacs can no longer
   find these doc strings.
-- If you alter the compiled file (such as by compiling a new
   version), then further access to documentation strings will get
   nonsense results.

The byte compiler now optionally supports lazy loading of compiled
functions' definitions.  If you enable this feature when you compile,
loading the compiled file does not actually bring the function
definitions into core.  Instead it creates references to the compiled
file, and brings each function's definition into core the first time
you call that function, or when you force it with the new function
`fetch-bytecode'.

Using the lazy loading feature has a few consequences:

-- Loading the file is faster and uses less memory.
-- Calling any function in the file for the first time is slower.
-- If you move the compiled file after loading it, Emacs can no longer
   find the function definitions.
-- If you alter the compiled file (such as by compiling a new
   version), then further access to functions not already loaded
   will get nonsense results.

To enable the lazy loading feature, set up a non-nil file local
variable binding for the variable `byte-compile-dynamic' in the Lisp
source file.  For example, put this on the first line:

    -*-byte-compile-dynamic: t;-*-

It's a good idea to use the lazy loading feature for a file that
contains many functions, most of which are not actually used by a
given user in a given session.

To turn off the basic feature of referring to the file for doc
strings, set byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings to nil.  You can do this
globally, or for one source file by adding this to the first line:

    -*-byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings: nil;-*-

** Strings

*** Do not pass integer arguments to `concat' (or `vconcat' or
`append').  We are phasing out the old unrecommended support for
integers as arguments to these functions, in preparation for treating
numbers as single characters in a future release.  To concatenate
numbers in string form, use `number-to-string' first, or rewrite the
call to use `format' instead of `concat'.

*** The new function match-string returns the string of text matched at
the given parenthesized expression by the last regexp search, or nil
if there was no match.  If the last match was by `string-match' on a
string, the string must be given.  Therefore, this function can be
used in place of `buffer-substring' and `substring', when using
`match-beginning' and `match-end' to find match positions.

   (match-string N)   or   (match-string N STRING)

*** The function replace-match now accepts an optional fourth argument,
STRING.  Use this after performing string-match on STRING, to replace
the portion of STRING that was matched.  When used in this way,
replace-match returns a newly created string which is the same as
STRING except for the matched portion.

*** The new function buffer-substring-no-properties
is like buffer-substring except that the string it returns
has no text properties.

*** The function `equal' now considers two strings to be different
if they don't have the same text properties.

** Completion

*** all-completions now takes an optional fourth argument.
If that argument is non-nil, completions that start with a space
are ignored unless the initial string also starts with a space.
(This used to happen unconditionally.)

** Local Variables

*** Local hook variables.

There is now a clean way to give a hook variable a buffer-local value.
Call the function `make-local-hook' to do this.

Once a hook variable is buffer-local, you can add hooks to it either
globally or locally.  run-hooks runs the local hook functions
of the current buffer, then all the global hook functions.

The functions add-hook and remove-hook take an additional optional
argument LOCAL which says whether to add (or remove) a local hook
function or a global one.

Local hooks use t as an element of the (local) value of the hook
variable as a flag meaning to use the global value also.

*** The new function local-variable-p tells you whether a particular
variable is buffer-local in the current buffer or a specified buffer.

** Editing Facilities

*** The function copy-region-as-kill no longer sets this-command;
as a result, a following kill command will not normally append
to the text saved by copy-region-as-kill.

*** Regular expression searching and matching no longer performs full
Posix backtracking by default.  They now stop with the first match found
instead of looking for the longest match--just as they did in Emacs 18.
The reason for this change is to get higher speed.

There are new functions you can use if you really want to search or
match with Posix behavior: posix-search-forward,
posix-search-backward, posix-looking-at, and posix-string-match.  Call
these just like re-search-forward, re-search-backward, looking-at, and
string-match.

** Files

*** The new variable `format-alist' defines file formats,
which are ways of translating between the data in a file and things
(text, text-properties, and possibly other information) in a buffer.

`format-alist' has one element for each format.  Each element is a
list like this:
  (NAME DOC-STRING REGEXP FROM-FN TO-FN MODIFY MODE-FN)
containing the name of the format, a documentation string, a regular
expression which is used to recognize files in that format, a decoding
function, an encoding function, a flag that indicates whether the
encoding function modifies the buffer, and a mode function.

FROM-FN is called to decode files in that format; it gets two args, BEGIN 
        and END, and can make any modifications it likes, returning the new
        end position.  It must make sure that the beginning of the file no
	longer matches REGEXP, or else it will get called again.
TO-FN   is called to encode a region into that format; it is also passed BEGIN
        and END, and either returns a list of annotations as in
        `write-region-annotate-functions', or modifies the region and returns
        the new end position.
MODIFY, if non-nil, means the TO-FN modifies the region.  If nil, TO-FN may
        not make any changes and should return a list of annotations.

`insert-file-contents' checks the beginning of the file that it is
inserting to see if it matches one of the regexps.  If so, then it
calls the decoding function, and then looks for another match.  When
visiting a file, it also calls the mode function, and sets the
variable `buffer-file-format' to the list of formats that the file
used.

`write-region' calls the encoding functions for each format in
`buffer-file-format' before it writes the file.  To save a file in a
different format, either set `buffer-file-format' to a different
value, or call the new function `format-write-file'.

Since some encoding functions may be slow, you can request that
auto-save use a format different from the buffer's default by setting
the variable `auto-save-file-format' to the desired format.  This will
determine the format of all auto-save files.

*** The new function file-ownership-preserved-p tells you whether
deleting a file and recreating it would keep the file's owner
unchanged.

*** The new function file-regular-p returns t if a file
is a "regular" file (not a directory, symlink, named pipe,
terminal, or other I/O device).

*** The new function file-name-sans-extension discards the extension
of a file name.  You call it with a file name, and returns a string
lacking the extension.

*** The variable path-separator is a string which says which
character separates directories in a search path.  It is ":"
for Unix and GNU systems, ";" for MSDOG and Windows NT.

** Commands and Key Sequences

*** Key sequences consisting of C-c followed by {, }, <, >, : or ; are
now reserved for major modes.  Sequences consisting of C-c followed by
any other punctuation character are now meant for minor modes.  We don't
plan to convert all existing major modes to stop using those sequences,
but we hope to keep them to a minimum.

*** When the post-command-hook or the pre-command-hook gets an error, the error
is silently ignored.  Emacs no longer sets the hook variable to nil when this
happens.  Meanwhile, the hook functions can now alter the hook variable in
a normal fashion; there is no need to do anything special.

*** define-key, lookup-key, and various other functions for changing or
looking up key bindings now let you write an event type with a list
like (ctrl meta newline) or (meta ?d), as in XEmacs.  (ctrl meta newline)
is equivalent to the event type symbol C-M-newline, and (meta ?d)
is equivalent to the character ?\M-d.

*** The function event-convert-list converts a list such as
(meta ?d) into the corresponding event type (a symbol or integer).

*** In an interactive spec, `k' means to read a key sequence.  In this
key sequence, upper case characters and shifted function keys which
have no bindings are converted to lower case if that makes them
defined.

The new interactive code `K' reads a key sequence similarly, but does
not convert the last event.  `K' is useful for reading a key sequence
to be given a binding.

*** The variable overriding-local-map now has no effect on the menu bar
display unless overriding-local-map-menu-flag is non-nil.  This is why
incremental search no longer temporarily changes the menu bars.

Note that overriding-local-map does still affect the execution of key
sequences entered using the menu bar.  So if you use
overriding-local-map, and a menu bar key sequence comes in, you should
make sure to clear overriding-local-map before that key sequence gets
looked up and executed.  But this is what you'd normally do anyway:
programs that use overriding-local-map normally exit and "put back"
any event such as menu-bar that they do not handle specially.

*** The new variable `overriding-terminal-local-map' is like
overriding-local-map, but is specific to a single terminal.

*** delete-frame events.

When you use the X window manager's "delete window" command, this now
generates a delete-frame event.  The standard definition of this event
is a command that deletes the frame that received the event, and kills
Emacs when the last visible or iconified frame is deleted.  You can
rebind the event to some other command if you wish.

*** Two new types of events, iconify-frame and make-frame-visible,
indicate that the user iconified or deiconified a frame with the
window manager.  Since the window manager has already done the work,
the default definition for both event types in Emacs is to do nothing.

** Frames and X

*** Certain Lisp variables are now local to an X terminal (in other
words, all the screens of a single X server).  The value in effect, at
any given time, is the one that belongs to the terminal of the
selected frame.  The terminal-local variables are
default-minibuffer-frame, system-key-alist, defining-kbd-macro, and
last-kbd-macro.  There is no way for Lisp programs to create others.

The terminal-local variables cannot be buffer-local.

*** When you create an X frame, for the `top' and `left' frame
parameters, you can now use values of the form (+ N) or (- N), where N
is an integer.  (+ N) means N pixels to the right of the left edge of
the screen and (- N) means N pixels to the left of the right edge.  In
both cases, N may be zero (exactly at the edge) or negative (putting
the window partly off the screen).

The function x-parse-geometry can return values of these forms
for certain inputs.

*** The variable menu-bar-file-menu has been renamed to
menu-bar-files-menu to match the actual item that appears in the menu.
(All the other such variable names do match.)

*** The new function active-minibuffer-window returns the minibuffer window
currently active, or nil if none is now active.

*** In the functions next-window, previous-window, next-frame,
previous-frame, get-buffer-window, get-lru-window, get-largest-window
and delete-windows-on, if you specify 0 for the last argument,
it means to consider all visible and iconified frames.

*** When you set a frame's cursor type with modify-frame-parameters,
you can now specify (bar . INTEGER) as the cursor type.  This stands
for a bar cursor of width INTEGER.

*** The new function facep returns t if its argument is a face name
(or if it is a vector such as is used internally by the Lisp code
to represent a face).

*** Each frame can now have a buffer-predicate function,
which is the `buffer-predicate' frame parameter.
When `other-buffer' looks for an alternative buffer, it considers
only the buffers that fit the selected frame's buffer predicate (if it
has one).  This is useful for applications that make their own frames.

*** When you create an X frame, you can now specify the frame parameter
`display'.  This says which display to put the frame on.  The value
should be a display name--a string of the form
"HOST:DPYNUMBER.SCREENNUMBER".

The functions x-server-... and x-display-... now take an optional
argument which specifies the display to ask about.  You can use either
a display name string or a frame.  A value of nil stands for the
selected frame.

To close the connection to an X display, use the function
x-close-connection.  Specify which display with a display name.  You
cannot close the connection if Emacs still has frames open on that
display.

x-display-list returns a list indicating which displays Emacs has
connections to.  Its elements are display names (strings).

*** The icon-type frame parameter may now be a file name.
Then the contents of that file specify the icon bitmap to use
for that frame.

*** The title of an Emacs frame, displayed by most window managers, is
set from frame-title-format or icon-title-format.  These have the same
structure as mode-line-format.

*** x-display-grayscale-p is a new function that returns non-nil if
your X server can display shades of gray.  Currently it returns
non-nil for color displays (because they can display shades of gray);
we may change it in the next version to return nil for color displays.

*** The frame parameter scroll-bar-width specifies the width of the
scrollbar in pixels.

** Buffers

*** Creating a buffer with get-buffer-create does not obey
default-major-mode.  That variable is now handled in a separate
function, set-buffer-major-mode.  get-buffer-create and generate-new-buffer
always leave the newly created buffer in Fundamental mode.

Creating a new buffer by visiting a file or with switch-to-buffer,
pop-to-buffer, and similar functions does call set-buffer-major-mode
to select the default major mode specified with default-major-mode.

*** You can now create an "indirect buffer".  An indirect buffer shares
its text, including text properties, with another buffer (the "base
buffer"), but has its own major mode, local variables, overlays, and
narrowing.  An indirect buffer has a name of its own, distinct from
those of the base buffer and all other buffers.  An indirect buffer
cannot itself be visiting a file (though its base buffer can be).
The base buffer cannot itself be indirect.

Use (make-indirect-buffer BASE-BUFFER NAME) to make an indirect buffer
named NAME whose base is BASE-BUFFER.  If BASE-BUFFER is an indirect
buffer, its base buffer is used as the base for the new buffer.

You can make an indirect buffer current, or switch to it in a window,
just as you would a non-indirect buffer.

The function buffer-base-buffer, given an indirect buffer, returns its
base buffer.  It returns nil when given an ordinary buffer (not
indirect).

The library `noutline' has versions of Outline mode and Outline minor
mode which let you display different parts of the outline in different
indirect buffers.

** Subprocesses

*** The functions call-process and call-process-region now allow
you to direct error message output from the subprocess into a
separate destination, instead of mixing it with ordinary output.
To do this, specify for the third argument, BUFFER, a list of the form
  (BUFFER-OR-NAME ERROR-DESTINATION)
BUFFER-OR-NAME specifies where to put ordinary output; it should
be a buffer or buffer name, or t, nil or 0.  This is what would
have been the BUFFER argument, ordinarily.

ERROR-DESTINATION specifies where to put the error output.
nil means discard it, t means mix it with the ordinary output,
and a string specifies a file name to write this output into.

You can't specify a buffer to put the error output in; that is not
easy to implement directly.  You can put the error output into a
buffer by sending it to a temporary file and then inserting the file
into a buffer.

*** Comint mode changes:

**** The variable comint-completion-addsuffix can also be a cons pair
of the form (DIRSUFFIX . FILESUFFIX), where DIRSUFFIX and FILESUFFIX are
strings added on unambiguous or exact completion of directories and file
names, respectively.

** Text properties

*** You can now specify which values of the `invisible' property
make text invisible in a given buffer.  The variable
`buffer-invisibility-spec', which is always local in all buffers,
controls this.

If its value is t, then any non-nil `invisible' property makes
a character invisible.

If its value is a list, then a character is invisible if its
`invisible' property value appears as a member of the list, or if it
appears as the car of a member of the list.

When the `invisible' property value appears as the car of a member of
the `buffer-invisibility-spec' list, then the cdr of that member has
an effect.  If it is non-nil, then an ellipsis appears in place of the
character.  (This happens only for the *last* invisible character in a
series of consecutive invisible characters, and only at the end of a
line.)

If a character's `invisible' property is a list, then Emacs checks each
element of the list against `buffer-invisibility-spec'.  If any element
matches, the character is invisible.

*** The command `list-text-properties-at' shows what text properties
are in effect at point.

*** Frame objects now exist in Emacs even on systems that don't support
X Windows.  You can create multiple frames, and switch between them
using select-frame.  The selected frame is actually displayed on your
terminal; other frames are not displayed at all.  The selected frame
number appears in the mode line after `Emacs', except for frame 1.

Switching frames on ASCII terminals is therefore more or less
equivalent to switching between different window configurations.

*** The new variable window-size-change-functions holds a list of
functions to be called if window sizes change (or if windows are
created or deleted).  The functions are called once for each frame on
which changes have occurred, with the frame as the sole argument.
This takes place shortly before redisplay.

*** The modification hook functions of overlays now work differently.
They are called both before and after each change.  This makes it
possible for the functions to determine exactly what the change was.

This change affects three overlay properties: the modification-hooks
property, a list of functions called for deletions overlapping the
overlay's range and for insertions inside it; the
insert-in-front-hooks, a list of functions called for insertions at
the beginning of the overlay; and the insert-behind-hooks, a list of
functions called for insertions at the end of the overlay.

Each function is called both before and after each change that it
applies to.  Before the change, it is called with four arguments:
    (funcall FUNCTION OVERLAY nil START END)
START and END are the same arguments that the before-change-functions
receive.

After the change, each function is called with five arguments:
    (funcall FUNCTION OVERLAY t START END OLDSIZE)
The last arguments, START and END and OLDSIZE,
are the same arguments that the after-change-functions receive.

This means the function must accept either four or five arguments.

*** You can set defaults for text-properties with the new variable
`default-text-properties'.  Its value is a property list; the values
specified there are used whenever a character (or its category) does
not specify a value.

*** The `face' property of a character or an overlay can now be a list
of face names.  Formerly it had to be just one face name.

*** Changes in handling the `intangible' text property.

**** If inhibit-point-motion-hooks is non-nil, then `intangible' properties
are ignored.

**** Moving to just before a stretch of intangible text
is no longer special in any way.  Point stays at that place.

**** When you move point backwards into the midst of intangible text,
point moves back to the beginning of that text.  (It used to move
forward to the end of that text, which was not very useful.)

**** When moving across intangible text, Emacs stops wherever the
property value changes.  So if you have two stretches of intangible
text, with different non-nil intangible properties, it is possible to
place point between them.

** Overlays

*** Overlay changes.

**** The new function previous-overlay-change returns the position of
the previous overlay start or end, before a specified position.  This
is the backwards-moving counterpart of next-overlay-change.

**** overlay-get now supports category properties on an overlay
the same way get-text-property supports them as text properties.

Specifically, if an overlay does not have the property PROP that you
ask for, but it does have a `category' property which is a symbol,
then that symbol's PROP property is used.

**** If an overlay has a non-nil `evaporate' property, it will be
deleted if it ever becomes empty (i.e., when it spans no characters).

**** If an overlay has a `before-string' and/or `after-string' property,
these strings are displayed at the overlay's endpoints.

** Filling

*** The new variable fill-paragraph-function provides a way for major
modes to override the filling of paragraphs.  If this is non-nil,
fill-paragraph calls it as a function, passing along its sole
argument.  If the function returns non-nil, fill-paragraph assumes it
has done the job and simply passes on whatever value it returned.

The usual use of this feature is to fill comments in programming
language modes.

*** Text filling and justification changes:

**** The new variable use-hard-newlines can be used to make a
distinction between "hard" and "soft" newlines; the fill functions
will then never remove a newline that was manually inserted.  Hard
newlines are marked with a non-nil `hard' text-property.

**** The fill-column and left-margin can now be modified by text-properties.
Most lisp programs should use the new functions (current-fill-column) and
(current-left-margin), which return the proper values to use for the
current line.

**** There are new functions for dealing with margins: 

***** Set-left-margin and set-right-margin (set the value for a region
and re-fill).  These functions take three arguments: two to specify
a region, and the desired margin value.

***** Increase-left-margin, decrease-left-margin, increase-right-margin, and
decrease-right-margin (change settings relative to current values, and
re-fill).

***** move-to-left-margin moves point there, optionally adding
indentation or changing tabs to spaces in order to make that possible.
beginning-of-line-text also moves past the fill-prefix and any
indentation added to center or right-justify a line, to the beginning
of the text that the user actually typed.

***** delete-to-left-margin removes any left-margin indentation, but
does not change the property.

**** The paragraph-movement functions look for the paragraph-start and
paragraph-separate regexps at the current left margin, not at the
beginning of the line.  This means that those regexps should NOT use ^
to anchor the search.  However, for backwards compatibility, a ^ at
the beginning of the regexp will be ignored, so most packages won't break.

**** justify-current-line is now capable of doing left, center, or
right justification as well as full justification.

**** The fill functions can do any kind of justification based on the new
`justification' text-property and `default-justification' variable,
or arguments to the functions.  They also have a new option which
defeats the normal removal of extra whitespace.

**** The new function `current-justification' returns the kind of
justification used for the current line.  The new function
`set-justification' can be used to change it, including re-justifying
the text of the region according to the new value.

**** Filling and auto-fill are disabled if justification is `none'.

**** The auto-fill-function is now called regardless of whether 
the fill-column has been exceeded; the function can determine on its
own whether filling (or justification) is necessary.

** Processes

*** process-tty-name is a new function that returns the name of the
terminal that the process itself reads and writes on (not the name of
the pty that Emacs uses to talk with that terminal).

*** Errors in process filters and sentinels are now normally caught
automatically, so that they don't abort other Lisp programs.

Setting debug-on-error non-nil turns off this feature; then errors in
filters and sentinels are not caught.  As a result, they can invoke
the debugger, under the control of debug-on-error.

*** Emacs now preserves the match data around the execution of process
filters and sentinels.  You can use search and match functions freely
in filters and sentinels without explicitly bothering to save the
match data.

** Display

*** The variable message-log-max controls how messages are logged in the
"*Messages*" buffer.  An integer value means to keep that many lines;
t means to log with no limit; nil means disable message logging.  Lisp
code that calls `message' excessively (e.g. isearch.el) should probably
bind this variable to nil.

*** Display tables now have a new element, at index 261, specifying the
glyph to use for the separator between two side-by-side windows.  By
default, this is the vertical bar character `|'.  Probably the only
other useful character to store for this element is a space, to make
less visual separation between two side-by-side windows displaying
related information.

*** The new mode-line-format spec %c displays the current column number.

*** The new variable blink-matching-delay specifies how long to keep
the cursor at the matching open-paren, after you insert a close-paren.
This is useful mainly on systems which can wait for a fraction of a
second--you can then specify fractional values such as 0.5.

*** Faster processing of buffers with long lines

The new variable cache-long-line-scans determines whether Emacs
should use caches to handle long lines more quickly.  This variable is
buffer-local, in all buffers.

Normally, the line-motion functions work by scanning the buffer for
newlines.  Columnar operations (like `move-to-column' and
`compute-motion') also work by scanning the buffer, summing character
widths as they go.  This works well for ordinary text, but if the
buffer's lines are very long (say, more than 500 characters), these
motion functions will take longer to execute.  Emacs may also take
longer to update the display.

If cache-long-line-scans is non-nil, these motion functions cache
the results of their scans, and consult the cache to avoid rescanning
regions of the buffer until the text is modified.  The caches are most
beneficial when they prevent the most searching---that is, when the
buffer contains long lines and large regions of characters with the
same, fixed screen width.

When cache-long-line-scans is non-nil, processing short lines will
become slightly slower (because of the overhead of consulting the
cache), and the caches will use memory roughly proportional to the
number of newlines and characters whose screen width varies.

The caches require no explicit maintenance; their accuracy is
maintained internally by the Emacs primitives.  Enabling or disabling
the cache should not affect the behavior of any of the motion functions;
it should only affect their performance.

** System Interface

*** The function user-login-name now accepts an optional
argument uid.  If the argument is non-nil, user-login-name
returns the login name for that user id.

*** system-name, user-name, user-full-name and user-real-name are now
variables as well as functions.  The variables hold the same values
that the functions would return.  The new variable multiple-frames
is non-nil if at least two non-minibuffer frames are visible.  These
variables may be useful in constructing the value of frame-title-format
or icon-title-format.

*** Changes in time-conversion functions.

**** The new function format-time-string takes a format string and a
time value.  It converts the time to a string, according to the format
specified.  You can specify what kind of conversion to use with
%-specifications.

**** The new function decode-time converts a time value into a list of
specific items of information: the year, month, day of week, day of
month, hour, minute and second.  (A time value is a list of two or
three integers.)

**** The new function encode-time converts specific items of time
information--the second, minute, hour, day, month, year, and time
zone--into a time value.

* Changes in Emacs 19.27
d972 2
a973 2
There are no changes; however, here is one bug fix made in 19.26 that users
think should be documented here.
d975 1
a975 1
** SPC and DEL in Info now handle menus consistently.
d977 2
a978 5
SPC and DEL scroll through an entire subtree an Info manual.  Once you
scroll through a node far enough to reach a menu, SPC begins moving
into the subnodes of the menu, starting with the first one.  When you
reach the end of a subnode, SPC moves into the next subnode, and so
on.
d980 1
a980 3
DEL more or less scrolls through the same text in reverse order.

* User Editing Changes in Emacs 19.26
d982 4
a985 5
** In the X toolkit version, if you click on a menu bar item and
release the button quickly outside the menu, the menu remains visible
until you click or type something else.  If you click on the menu, you
select from the menu.  Any other mouse click makes the menu disappear.
Keyboard input gets rid of the menu and then is processed normally.
d987 3
a989 1
"Quickly" means within double-click-time milliseconds.
d991 1
a991 3
** The C-x 5 commands to select a buffer in "another frame" now use an
existing iconified frame, if any, deiconifying it.  They also raise
the frame.
d993 4
a996 3
** Region highlighting on a black-and-white-only display now uses
underlining.  Inverse-video had the problem that you couldn't see
the cursor.
d998 2
a999 2
** You can now change the height of a window by pressing mouse-1 on
the mode line and dragging it up and down.
d1001 1
a1001 3
** If you set the environment variable LC_CTYPE to iso_8859_1 or
iso-8859-1, Emacs automatically sets up for display and syntactic
handling of the ISO Latin-1 character set.
d1003 4
a1006 3
This does not automatically load any of the packages for input of
these characters, because it's not yet clear what is right to do.
You must still explicitly load either iso-transl or iso-acc.
d1008 3
a1010 2
** For a read-only buffer that is also modified, the mode line now displays
%* instead of %%.
d1012 1
a1012 2
** M-prior (scroll-other-window-down) is a new command that works like
M-next (and C-M-v) but scrolls in the opposite direction.
d1014 4
a1017 4
M-home moves to the beginning of the buffer, in the other window.
M-end moves to the end of the buffer, in the other window.  These two
commands, along with M-next and M-prior, form a series of commands for
moving around in the other window.
d1019 1
a1019 2
** In change logs, the mail address is now delimited with <...> instead
of (...).
d1021 2
a1022 2
This makes it a little more convenient to extract the mail address for
use in mailing a message.
d1024 1
a1024 3
** In Shell mode and other comint modes, C-a has now returned to
its ordinary meaning: move to the beginning of the line.
Use C-c C-a to move to the end of the prompt.
d1026 1
a1026 2
** If you set mail-signature to t to cause automatic insertion of
your .signature file, you now get a -- before the signature.
d1028 2
a1029 5
** Setting rmail-highlighted-headers to nil entirely turns off
highlighting in Rmail.  However, if your motivation for doing this is
that the highlighted text doesn't look good on your display, it might
be better to change the appearance of the `highlight' face.  Once
you've done that, you may find Rmail highlighting is useful.
d1031 1
a1031 2
** In the calendar, mouse-2 is now used only for commands that apply to a date.
If you click it when not on a date, it gives an immediate error.
d1033 3
a1035 2
Mouse-3 in the calendar now gives a menu of commands that do not apply
to a particular date.
d1037 1
a1037 2
The D command displays diary entries from a specified diary file (not
your standard diary file).
d1039 1
a1039 3
** In the gnus-uu package, the binding for gnus-uu-threaded-decode-and-view
is now C-c C-v C-d, not C-c C-v C-h.  Thus, C-c C-v C-h is now available
for asking for a list of the subcommands of C-c C-v.
d1041 1
a1041 6
** You can now specify "who you are" for various Emacs packages by
setting just one variable, user-mail-address.  This currently applies
to posting news with GNUS and to making change log entries.  It may
apply to additional Emacs features in the future.

* Lisp-Level Changes in Emacs 19.26:
d1043 1
a1043 3
** The function insert-char now takes an optional third argument
which, if non-nil, says the inserted characters should inherit sticky
text properties from the surrounding text.
d1045 2
a1046 2
** The `diary' library has been renamed to `diary-lib'.  If you refer
to this library in your Lisp code, you must update the references.
d1048 2
a1049 3
** Sending text to a subprocess can read input from subprocesses if it
has to wait because the destination subprocess's terminal input buffer
is full.
d1051 1
a1051 3
It was already possible in unusual occasions for this operation to
read subprocess input, but it did not happen very often.  It is now
more likely to happen.
d1053 2
a1054 2
** last-nonmenu-event is now bound to t around filter functions and sentinels.
This is to ensure that y-or-n-p and yes-or-no-p use the keyboard by default.
d1056 3
a1058 3
** In mode lines, %+ now displays as % for unmodified read-only
buffers.  It is now the same as %* except in the case of a modified
read-only buffer; in that case, %+ displays as *.
d1060 1
a1060 3
The old meaning of %+ is now available on %&.
It displays * for a modified buffer and - for an unmodified buffer,
regardless of read-only status.
d1062 1
a1062 3
** You can now use `underline' in the color list of a face.
It serves as a last resort, and says to underline the face
(if previous color list elements can't be used).
d1064 1
a1064 3
** The new function x-color-values returns the list of color values
for a given color name (a string).  The list contains three integers
which give the amounts of red, green and blue in the color: (R G B).
d1066 2
a1067 1
** In run-at-time, 0 as the repeat interval means "don't repeat".
d1069 1
a1069 2
** The variable trim-versions-without-asking has been renamed to
delete-old-versions.
d1071 3
a1073 2
** The new function other-window-for-scrolling returns the choice of
other window for C-M-v to scroll.
d1075 1
a1075 3
** Note that the function fceiling was mistakenly documented as fceil before.

* Changes in cc-mode.el in Emacs 19.26:
d1077 4
a1080 3
** A new syntactic symbol has been added: substatement-open.  It
  defines the open brace of a substatement block.  These used to get:
  ((block-open ...) (substatement . ...)).
d1082 1
a1082 1
  Non-block substatement lines still get just ((substatement . ...))
d1084 4
a1087 2
  Note that the custom indent function c-adaptive-block-open has been
  removed as obsolete.
d1089 2
a1090 2
** You can now specify the `hanginess' of closing braces.  See
  c-hanging-braces-alist.
d1092 1
a1092 2
** Recognizes try and catch blocks in C++.  They are given the
  substatement syntactic symbol.
d1094 4
a1097 3
** should be generally more forgiving about non-GNU standard top-level
  construct definition styles (i.e. where the function/class/struct
  opening brace does not start in column zero).
d1099 1
a1099 4
  If you hang the braces that open a top-level construct on the right
  edge, and you find you still need to define defun-open-prompt (Emacs
  19) please let me know.  Note that there may still be performance
  issues related to non-column zero opening braces.
d1101 1
a1101 1
** c-macro-expand is put on C-c C-e
d1103 1
a1103 2
** New style: "Default".  Resets indentation to those shipped with
  cc-mode.el.
d1105 4
a1108 2
** internal defun c-indent-via-language-element has been renamed
  c-indent-line for compatibility with c-mode.el and awk-mode.
d1110 2
a1111 4
** new buffer-local variable c-comment-start-regexp for (potential)
  flexibility in adding new modes based on cc-mode.el

* Changes in Emacs 19.25
d1113 2
a1114 4
The variable x-cross-pointer-shape (which didn't really exist) has
been renamed to x-sensitive-text-pointer-shape, and now does exist.

* Changes in Emacs 19.24
d1116 2
a1117 1
Here is a list of new Lisp packages introduced since 19.22.
d1119 1
a1119 21
derived.el		Define new major modes based on old ones.
dired-x.el		Extra Dired features.
double.el		New mode for conveniently inputting non-beyond chars.
easymenu.el		Create menus easily.
ediff.el		Snazzy diff interface.
foldout.el		A kind of outline mode designed for editing programs.
gnus-uu.el		UUdecode in GNUS buffers.
ielm.el			Interactively evaluate Lisp.
			 This is a replacement for Lisp Interaction Mode.
iso-cvt.el		Conversion of beyond-ASCII characters between
			 various different representations.
jka-compr.el		Automatic compression/decompression.
mldrag.el		Drag modeline to change heights of windows.
mail-hist.el		Provides history for headers of outgoing mail.
rsz-mini.el		Automatically resizing minibuffers.
s-region.el		Set region by holding shift.
skeleton.el		Templates for statement insertion.
soundex.el		Classifying words by how they sound.
tempo.el		Template insertion with hotspots.

* User Editing Changes in 19.23.
d1121 2
a1122 1
** Emacs 19.23 uses Ispell version 3.
d1124 4
a1127 6
Previous Emacs 19 versions used Ispell version 4.  That version had
improvements in storing the dictionary compactly, but these are not
very important nowadays.  Meanwhile, in parallel to the work on Ispell
4, many useful features were added to Ispell 3.  Until a few months
ago, the terms on Ispell 3 did not let us use it; but they have now
been changed, so now we are using it.  We are dropping Ispell 4.
d1129 1
a1129 2
** Emacs 19.23 can run on MS-DOG.  See the file MSDOS in the same
directory as this file.
d1131 2
a1132 4
** Emacs 19.23 can work with an X toolkit.  You must specify toolkit
operation when you configure Emacs: use the option
--with-x-toolkit=yes.  (This option uses code developed by Lucid;
thanks to Frederic Pierresteguy for helping to adapt it.)
d1134 6
a1139 3
** Emacs now has dialog boxes; yes/no and y/n questions automatically
use them in commands invoked with the mouse.  For more information,
see below under "Lisp programming changes".
d1141 4
a1144 2
** Menus now display the keyboard equivalents (if any) of the menu
commands in parentheses after the menu item.
d1146 1
a1146 3
** Kill commands, used in a read-only buffer, now move point across
the text they would otherwise have killed.  This way, you can use
repeated kill commands to transfer text into the kill ring.
d1148 7
a1154 6
** There is now a global mark ring in addition to the mark ring that is local
to each buffer.  The global mark ring stores positions in any buffer.  Any
time the mark is set and the current buffer is different from the last time
the mark was set, the new mark is pushed on the global mark ring as well.
The new command C-x C-SPC (pop-global-mark) pops the global mark ring and
jumps to the last mark pushed, first switching to that buffer.
d1156 1
a1156 1
** Query Replace is now available in the Edit menu.
d1158 3
a1160 3
** ESC no longer simply exits a Query Replace.  It now exits the Query
Replace and remains pending.  Thus, ESC A and M-A are now equivalent
in Query Replace.
d1162 1
a1162 1
To simply exit a Query Replace, type RET or Period.
d1164 4
a1167 1
** M-mouse-2 now puts point at the end of the yanked secondary selection.
d1169 1
a1169 3
** Mouse-1 in the mode line now simply selects the window above that
mode line.  Mouse-2 in the mode line selects that window and expands
it to fill the frame it is in.
d1171 1
a1171 4
** You can now use mouse-2 in a Dired buffer or Tar mode buffer to find
a file you click on, in a compilation buffer to go to a particular
error message, and in a *Occur* buffer to go to a particular
occurrence.
d1173 2
a1174 2
(It was already possible to do likewise in Info and in completion list
buffers.)
d1176 2
a1177 2
What's more, the sensitive areas of the buffer now highlight when you
move the mouse over them.
d1179 3
a1181 2
** In a completion list buffer, the command RET now chooses the completion
that is around or next to point.
d1183 2
a1184 3
** If you specify the foreground color for the `mode-line' face, and
mode-line-inverse-video is non-nil, then the default background color
is the usual foreground color.
d1186 1
a1186 2
** revert-buffer now preserves markers pointing within the unchanged
text (if any) at the beginning and end of the file.
d1188 4
a1191 6
** Version control checkin and checkout preserve all markers if the
file does not contain any of the magic version header sequences that
are updated automatically by RCS and SCCS.  If such version headers
are present, checkin and checkout preserve a marker unless it comes
between two such sequences.  (So it's a good idea to put all the
header sequences close together.)
d1193 3
a1195 4
** When a large deletion shuts off auto save temporarily in a buffer,
you can now turn it on again by saving the buffer with C-x C-s (as was
possible in Emacs 18).  You can also turn it on again with M-1 M-x
auto-save (as has been possible in Emacs 19).
d1197 4
a1200 1
** C-x r d now runs the command delete-rectangle.
d1202 4
a1205 6
** The new command imenu shows you a menu of interesting places in the
current buffer and lets you select one; then it moves point there.
The definition of interesting places depends on the major mode, but
typically this includes function definitions and such.  Normally,
imenu displays the menu in a buffer; but if you bind it to a mouse
event, it shows a mouse popup menu.
d1207 4
a1210 5
** You can make certain chosen buffers, that normally appear in a
separate window, appear in special frames of their own.  To do this,
set special-display-buffer-names to a list of buffer names; any buffer
whose name is in that list automatically gets a special frame when it
is to be displayed in another window.
d1212 3
a1214 1
A good value to try is ("*compilation*" "*grep*" "*TeX Shell*").
d1216 2
a1217 3
More generally, you can set special-display-regexps to a list of regular
expressions; then each buffer whose name matches any of those regular
expressions gets its own frame.
d1219 5
a1223 3
The variable special-display-frame-alist specifies the frame
parameters for these frames.  It has a default value, so you don't
need to set it.
d1225 1
a1225 4
** If you set sentence-end-double-space to nil, the fill commands
expect just one space at the end of a sentence.  (If you want the
sentence commands to accept single spaces, you must modify the regexp
sentence-end also.)
d1227 8
a1234 2
** You can suppress the startup echo area message by adding text like
this to your .emacs file:
d1236 4
a1239 1
(setq inhibit-startup-echo-area-message "YOUR-LOGIN-NAME")
d1241 4
a1244 4
Simply setting inhibit-startup-echo-area-message to your login name is
not sufficient to inhibit the message; Emacs explicitly checks whether
.emacs contains an expression as shown above.  Your login name must
appear in the expression as a Lisp string constant.
d1246 8
a1253 3
This way, you can easily inhibit the message for yourself if you wish,
but thoughtless copying of your .emacs file will not inhibit the
message for someone else.
d1255 3
a1257 1
** Outline minor mode now uses C-c C-o as a prefix instead of just C-c.
d1259 2
a1260 2
** In Outline mode, hide-subtree is now C-c C-d.  (It was C-c C-h; but
that is now a conventional way to ask for help about C-c commands.)
d1262 1
a1262 6
** There are two additional commands in Outline mode.
M-x hide-sublevels
  hides all headers except the topmost N levels.
M-x hide-other
  hides everything about the body that point is in
  plus the headers leading up from there to the top of the tree.
d1264 2
a1265 4
** In iso-transl and iso-insert, the sequences for entering A-ring and
the AE ligature are now just A and E (plus the initial C-x 8 or Alt).
You used to have to enter AA or AE, after the C-x 8 prefix of course.
Likewise for lower case a-ring and ae.
d1267 1
a1267 4
** iso-transl now defines convenient Alt keys as well as the C-x 8 prefix.
Instead of prefixing a sequence with C-x 8, you can add Alt to the
first character of the sequence.  For example, Alt-" a is now a way
to enter an a-umlaut.
d1269 4
a1272 2
** CC mode is a greatly improved mode for C and C++.
See the following page.
d1274 2
a1275 2
** tcl mode is a new major mode.  It provides features for
editing, indenting and running tcl programs.
d1277 1
a1277 6
** Compilation minor mode lets you parse error messages in any buffer,
not just a normal compilation output buffer.  Type M-x
compilation-minor-mode to enable the minor mode; then C-c C-c jumps to
the source location for the error at point, as in the `*compilation*'
buffer.  If you use compilation-minor-mode in an Rlogin buffer, it
automatically accesses remote source files by ftp.
d1279 7
a1285 1
** Comint and shell mode changes:
d1287 1
a1287 3
*** Comint modes (including Shell mode, GUD modes, etc.) now bind
C-M-l to the command comint-show-output.  This command scrolls the
buffer to show the last batch of output from the subprogram.
d1289 2
a1290 2
*** Completion in Comint modes now truly operates on the string before
point, rather than the word that point is within.
d1292 1
a1292 3
*** Comint mode file name completion ignores those files that end with a
string in the new variable comint-completion-fignore.  This variable's
default value is nil.
d1294 4
a1297 3
*** Shell mode uses the variable shell-completion-fignore to set
comint-completion-fignore.  The default value is nil, but some
people prefer ("~" "#" "%").
d1299 1
a1299 3
*** The function `comint-watch-for-password-prompt' can be used to 
suppress echoing when a subprocess asks for a password.  To use it,
do this:
d1301 3
a1303 2
(add-hook 'comint-output-filter-functions
	  'comint-watch-for-password-prompt)
d1305 1
a1305 2
*** You can use M-x shell-strip-ctrl-m to strip ^M characters from
process output.
d1307 2
a1308 2
*** In Shell mode, TAB now completes environment variables, if possible,
and expands directory references.
d1310 1
a1310 7
*** You can use M-x comint-run to execute any program of your choice in
a comint mode.  Some programs such as shells, rlogin, and debuggers
have their own specialized modes; this command is one way to use
comint to run programs for which no such specialized mode exits.  (You
can also run a shell with M-x shell and run the program of your choice
under the shell--but that gives you the specializations of Shell
mode.)
d1312 6
a1317 2
** When you run GUD (M-x gdb, M-x dbx, and so on), you can use TAB
to do file name completion in the minibuffer.
d1319 1
a1319 1
The "Complete" menu includes an item for directory expansion.
d1321 2
a1322 2
** GUD working with future versions of GDB will permit TAB for
GDB-style symbol completion.  This will work with GDB 4.13.
d1324 2
a1325 6
** Rmail no longer gets new mail automatically when you visit an Rmail
file specified by name--not even if it is your primary Rmail file.  To
get new mail, type `g'.  This feature is an advantage because you now
have a choice of whether to get new mail.  (This change actually
occurred in an earlier version, but wasn't listed here then, since it
made the code do what the documentation already said.)
d1327 1
a1327 3
** Rmail now highlights certain fields automatically, when you use X
windows.  The variable rmail-highlighted-headers controls which
fields.
d1329 2
a1330 2
** If you set rmail-summary-window-size to an integer, Rmail uses
a window that many lines high for the summary buffer.
d1332 2
a1333 5
** rmail-input-menu is a new command that visits an Rmail file letting
you choose which file with a mouse menu.  rmail-output-menu is
similar; it outputs the current message, using a mouse menu to choose
which Rmail file.  These commands use the variables
rmail-secondary-file-directory and rmail-secondary-file-regexp.
d1335 2
a1336 2
** The mh-e package has been changed substantially.
See the file ./MH-E-NEWS for details.
d1338 1
a1338 1
** The calendar and diary have new features.
d1340 4
a1343 2
The menu bar for the calendar contains most of the calendar commands,
arranged into logical categories.
d1345 1
a1345 3
Mouse-2 now performs specific-date-related commands when clicked on a
date in the calendar window and common three-month-related commands
when clicked elsewhere in the calendar window.
d1347 2
a1348 5
You can set up colored/shaded highlighting of holidays, diary entry
dates, and today's date, by setting calendar-holiday-marker,
diary-entry-marker, and calendar-today-marker to a face instead of a
character.  Using a special face is now the default if you are using a
window system.
d1350 2
a1351 2
** The appt package for displaying appointment reminders has new
features.
d1353 4
a1356 3
*** The appt alarm window stays for the full duration of
appt-display-duration.  It no longer disappears when you start typing
text.
d1358 2
a1359 3
*** You can change the way the appointment window is created/deleted by
setting the variables appt-disp-window-function and
appt-delete-window-function.
d1361 2
a1362 3
For instance, these variables can be set to functions that display
appointments in pop-up frames, which are lowered or iconified after
appt-display-duration seconds.
d1364 2
a1365 2
** desktop.el can now save a list of buffer-local variables,
and saves more global ones.
d1367 1
a1367 5
** Pascal mode has been completely rewritten.  It now features
completing of function names, variables and type definitions around
current point (like M-TAB does with lisp-symbols).  There's also an
outline mode (M-x pascal-outline) that hides the bodies of all
functions you're not working with.
d1369 1
a1369 1
** Edebug has a number of changes:
d1371 3
a1373 1
*** Edebug syntax error reporting is improved.
d1375 5
a1379 2
*** Top-level forms and defining forms other than defun and defmacro may
now be debugged with Edebug.
d1381 1
a1381 2
*** Edebug specifications may now contain body, &define, name, arg or
arglist, def-body, and def-form, to support definitions.
d1383 5
a1387 3
*** edebug-all-defuns is renamed to edebug-all-defs.
def-edebug-form-spec is replaced by def-edebug-form whose arguments
are unevaluated.  The old names are still available for now.
d1389 1
a1389 2
*** Frequency counts and coverage data may be displayed for functions being
debugged.
d1391 1
a1391 1
*** A global break condition is now checked at every stop point.
d1393 4
a1396 1
*** The previous condition at a breakpoint may now be edited.
d1398 1
a1398 1
*** A new "next" mode stops only after expression evaluation.
d1400 3
a1402 4
*** A new command, top-level-nonstop, does not even stop for unwind-protect,
as top-level would.

* Changes in CC mode in Emacs 19.23.
d1404 2
a1405 169
`cc-mode' provides ANSI C, K&R C, and ARM C++ language editing.  It
represents the merge of c++-mode.el and c-mode.el.  cc-mode provides a
new, more flexible indentation engine so that indentation
customization is more intuitive.  There are two steps to calculating
indentation: first, CC mode analyzes the line for syntactic content,
then based on this content it applies user defined offsets and adds
this offset to the indentation of some previous line.

The syntactic analysis determines if the line describes a `statement',
`substatement', `class-open', `member-init-intro', etc.  These are
described in detail with C-h v c-offsets-alist.  You can change the
offsets interactively with C-c C-o (c-set-offsets), or
programmatically in your c-mode-common-hook, which is run both by
c-mode and c++-mode.  You can also set up "styles" in the same way
that you could with c-mode.el.   The variable c-basic-offset controls
the basic offset given to a level of indentation.

If, for example, you wanted to change this style:

int foo (int i) 
{
    switch (i) {
    case 1:
        printf ("its a foo\n");
        break;
    default:
        printf ("don't know what it is\n");
        break;
    }
}

into this:

int foo (int i) 
{
    switch (i) {
      case 1:
        printf ("its a foo\n");
        break;
      default:
        printf ("don't know what it is\n");
        break;
    }
}

you could add the following to your .emacs file:

(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
  (c-set-offset 'case-label 2)
  (c-set-offset 'statement-case-intro 2))
(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-c-mode-common-hook)

** New variables:

c-offsets-alist contains an association list of syntactic symbols and
their relative offsets.  Do a "C-h v c-offsets-alist" to get a list of
all syntactic symbols currently defined, and their meanings.  You
should not change this variable directly; use the supplied interface
commands c-set-offset and c-set-style.

c-mode-common-hook is run by both c-mode and c++-mode during their
common initializations.  You should put any customizations that are
the same for both C and C++ into this hook.

The variable c-strict-semantics-p is used mainly for debugging.  When
non-nil, CC mode signals an error if it returns a syntactic symbol
that can't be found in c-offsets-alist.

If you want CC mode to echo the syntactic analysis for a particular
line when you hit the TAB key, set c-echo-semantic-information-p to
non-nil.

c-basic-offset controls the standard amount of offset for a level of
indentation.  You can set a syntactic symbol's offset to + or - as a
short-hand for positive or negative c-basic-offset.

c-comment-only-line-offset lets you control indentation given to lines
which contain only a comment, in the case of C++ line style comments,
or the introduction to a C block comment.  Comment-only lines at
column zero can be anchored there independent of the indentation given
to other comment-only lines.

c-block-comments-indent-p controls the style of C block comment
re-indentation.  If you put leading stars in front of comment
continuation lines, you should set this variable to nil.

c-cleanup-list is a list describing certain C and C++ constructs to be
"cleaned up" as they are typed, but only when the auto-newline feature
is turned on.  In C++, make sure this variable contains at least
'scope-operator so that double colons will not be separated by a
newline.

Colons (`:') and braces (`{` and `}') are special in C and C++.  For
certain constructs, you may like them to hang on the right edge of the
code, or you may like them to start a new line of code.  You can use
the two variables c-hanging-braces-alist and c-hanging-colons-alist
to control whether newlines are placed before and/or after colons and
braces when certain C and C++ constructs are entered.  For example,
you can control whether the colon that introduces a C++ member
initialization list hangs on the right edge, starts a new line, or has
no newlines either before or after it.

c-special-indent-hook is run after a line is indented by CC mode.  You
can perform any custom indentations here.

c-delete-function is the function that is called when a single
character is deleted with the c-electric-delete command (DEL).

c-electric-pound-behavior describes what happens when you enter the
`#' that introduces a cpp macro.

If c-tab-always-indent is neither t nor nil, then TAB inserts a tab
when within strings, comments, and cpp directives, but it reindents
the line unconditionally.

c-inhibit-startup-warnings-p inhibits warnings about any old
version of Emacs you might be running, which could be incompatible
with cc-mode.

** There are two new minor-mode features in CC mode: auto-newline and
hungry-delete.  Auto-newline inserts newlines automatically as you
type certain constructs.  Hungry-delete consumes all preceding
whitespace (spaces, tabs, and newlines) when the delete key is hit.
You can toggle auto-newline on and off on a per-buffer basis by
hitting C-c C-a.  You can toggle hungry-delete on and off by hitting
C-c C-d.   You can toggle them both on and off together with C-c C-t.

** Slash (`/') and star (`*') are now both electric characters.

** New commands:

The new C-c C-o (c-set-offset) command can be used to interactively change
the offset for a particular syntactic symbol.

The new command C-c : (c-scope-operator) inserts the C++ scope operator in
c++-mode only.

The new command C-c C-q (c-indent-defun) indents the entire enclosing
top-level function or class.

The new command C-c C-s (c-show-semantic-information) echos the current
syntactic analysis without re-indenting the current line.

The new commands M-x c-forward-into-nomenclature and M-x
c-backward-into-nomenclature (currently otherwise unbound to a key
sequence), make movement easier when using the C++ variable naming
convention of VariableNamesWithoutUnderscoresButEachWordCapitalized.

** Command from c-mode.el that have been renamed in cc-mode.el:

  electric-c-brace      => c-electric-brace
  electric-c-semi       => c-electric-semi&comma
  electric-c-sharp-sign => c-electric-pound
  mark-c-function       => c-mark-function
  electric-c-terminator => c-electric-colon
  indent-c-exp          => c-indent-exp
  set-c-style           => c-set-style

** Variables from c-mode.el that are obsolete with cc-mode.el:

  c-indent-level
  c-brace-imaginary-offset
  c-brace-offset
  c-argdecl-indent
  c-label-offset
  c-continued-statement-offset
  c-continued-brace-offset

* Lisp programming changes in Emacs 19.23.
d1407 1
a1407 2
** To pop up a dialog box, call x-popup-dialog.
It takes two arguments, POSITION and CONTENTS.
d1409 3
a1411 396
POSITION specifies which frame to place the dialog box over;
the dialog box always goes on the center of the frame.
POSITION may be a mouse event, a window, a frame,
or t meaning use the frame that the mouse is in.

CONTENTS specifies the contents of the dialog box.
It looks like a single pane of a popup menu:
(TITLE ITEM1 ITEM2 ...), where each ITEM has the form (STRING . VALUE).
The return value is VALUE from the chosen item.

An ITEM may also be just a string--that makes a nonselectable item.
An ITEM may also be nil--that means to put all preceding items
on the left of the dialog box and all following items on the right.
(By default, approximately half appear on each side.)

If your Emacs is not using an X toolkit, then it cannot display a
real dialog box; so instead it displays a pop-up menu in the center
of the frame.

** y-or-n-p, yes-or-no-p and map-y-or-n-p now use menus or dialog boxes
to ask their question(s) if the command that is running was reached by
a mouse event.

If you want to control which way these functions work, bind the
variable last-nonmenu-event around the call.  These functions use the
keyboard if that variable holds a keyboard event (actually, any
non-list); they use the mouse if that variable holds a mouse event
(actually, any list).

** The mouse-face property is now implemented, both in overlays and as
a text property.  It specifies a face to use when the mouse is in the
range of text for which the property is specified.

** When text has a non-nil `intangible' property, you cannot move point
within it or right before it.  If you try, point actually moves to the
end of the intangible text.  Note that this means that backward-char
is a no-op when there is an intangible character to the left of point.

** minibuffer-exit-hook is a new normal hook that is run when you
exit the minibuffer.

** The variable x-cross-pointer-shape specifies the cursor shape to use
when the mouse is over text that has a mouse-face property.

** The new variable interpreter-mode-alist specifies major modes to use
for shell scripts that specify a command interpreter.  Its elements
look like (INTERPRETER . MODE); for example, ("perl" . perl-mode) is
one element present by default.  This feature applies only when the
file name doesn't indicate which mode to use.

** If you use a minibuffer-only frame, set the variable
minibuffer-auto-raise to t, and entering the minibuffer will then
raise the minibuffer frame.

** If pop-up-frames is t, display-buffer now looks for an existing
window in any visible frame, showing the specified buffer, and uses
such a window in preference to making a new frame.

** In the functions next-window, previous-window, next-frame,
previous-frame, get-buffer-window, get-lru-window, get-largest-window
and delete-windows-on, if you specify `visible' for the last argument,
it means to consider all visible frames.

** Mouse events now give the X and Y coordinates in pixels, rather than
in characters.  You can convert these values to characters by dividing by
the values of (frame-char-width) and (frame-char-height).

** The new functions mouse-pixel-position and set-mouse-pixel-position
read and set the mouse position in units of pixels.  The existing
functions mouse-position and set-mouse-position continue to work with
units of characters.

** The new function compute-motion is useful for computing the width
of certain text when it is displayed.

** The function vertical-motion now takes an option second argument WINDOW
which says which window to use for the display calculations.

vertical-motion always operates on the current buffer.
It is ok to specify a window displaying some other buffer.
Then vertical-motion uses the width, hscroll and display-table of
the specified window, but still scans the current buffer.

** An error no longer sets last-command to t; the value of last-command
does reflect the previous command (the one that got an error).

If you do not want a particular command to be recognized as the
previous command in the case where it got an error, you must code that
command to prevent this.  Set this-command to t at the beginning of
the command, and set this-command back to its proper value at the end,
like this:

  (defun foo (args...)
    (interactive ...)
    (setq this-command t)
    ...do the work...
    (setq this-command 'foo))

or like this:

  (defun foo (args...)
    (interactive ...)
    (let ((old-this-command this-command))
      (setq this-command t)
      ...do the work...
      (setq this-command old-this-command)))

The undo and yank commands do this.

** If you specify an explicit title for a new frame when you create it,
the title is used as the resource name when looking up X resources to
control the shape of that frame.  If you don't specify the frame title, 
the value of x-resource-name is used, as before.

** The frame parameter user-position, if non-nil, says that the user
has specified the frame position.  Emacs reports this to the window
manager, to tell it not to override the position that the user
specified.

** Major modes can now set change-major-mode-hook to arrange for state
to be cleaned up when the user switches to a new major mode.  The function
kill-all-local-variables runs this hook.  For best results, make the hook a
buffer-local variable so that it will disappear after doing its job and will
not interfere with the subsequent major mode.

** The new variable overriding-local-map, if non-nil, specifies a keymap
that overrides the current local map, all minor mode keymaps, and all
text property keymaps.  Incremental search uses this feature to override
all other keymaps temporarily.

** A key definition in a menu keymap can now have additional structure:
in addition to (ITEMNAME [HELPSTRING] . COMMAND) which was allowed
before, the form (ITEMNAME [HELPSTRING] (...) . COMMAND) is
allowed.  (HELPSTRING is optional, and is not currently used.)

Here (...) represents a sublist containing information about keyboard
key sequences that run the same command COMMAND.  Displaying the menu
automatically creates and updates the sublist when appropriate; you
need never set these up yourself.

lookup-key, key-binding, and similar functions return just COMMAND,
not the whole binding.

To precompute this information for a given keymap, you can do
  (x-popup-menu nil KEYMAP).

** When you specify coordinates for x-popup-menu as a list ((XOFFSET
YOFFSET) WINDOW), the coordinates are now measured in pixels.

** where-is-internal now takes just four arguments:
DEFINITION KEYMAP FIRSTONLY NOINDIRECT.
The single argument KEYMAP replaces two arguments KEYMAP and KEYMAP1.

If KEYMAP is non-nil, where-is-internal searches only KEYMAP and the
global keymap.

If KEYMAP is nil, where-is-internal searches all the currently active
keymaps, but finds the active keymaps as if overriding-local-map were
nil.

If you pass a list of the form (keymap) as KEYMAP, where-is-internal
searches only the global map.  (This is not a special case--it follows
from the specifications above.)

If you pass the value of overriding-local-map as KEYMAP, where-is-internal
searches in exactly the same was as command execution does.

** Use the macro define-derived-mode to define a new major mode that
inherits the definition of another major mode.  Here's how to define a
command named hypertext-mode that inherits from the command text-mode:

    (define-derived-mode hypertext-mode text-mode "Hypertext"
      "Major mode for hypertext.\n\n\\{hypertext-mode-map}"
      (setq case-fold-search nil))

    (define-key hypertext-mode-map [down-mouse-3] 'do-hyper-link)

The new mode has its own keymap, which inherits from that of the
original mode.  It also has its own syntax and abbrev tables, which
are initialized by copying those of the original mode.  It also has
its own mode hook.  All are given names made by appending a suffix
to the name of the new mode.

** A syntax table can now inherit the data for some characters from
standard-syntax-table, while specifying other characters itself.
Syntax code 13 means "inherit this character from the standard syntax
table."  In modify-syntax-entry, the character `@@' represents this code.

The function `make-syntax-table' now creates a syntax table which
inherits all letters and control characters (0 to 31 and 128 to 255)
from the standard syntax table, while copying the other characters
from the standard syntax table.  Most syntax tables in Emacs are set
up this way.

This sort of inheritance is useful for people who set up character
sets with additional alphabetic characters in the range 128 to 255.
Just changing the standard syntax for these characters affects all
major modes.

** The new function transpose-regions swaps two regions of the buffer.
It preserves the markers in those two regions, so that they stay with
the surrounding text as it is swapped.

** revert-buffer now runs before-revert-hook at the beginning and
after-revert-hook at the end.  These can be used by minor modes
that need to clean up state variables.

** The new function get-char-property is like get-text-property, but
checks for overlays with properties as well as for text properties.
It checks for overlays first, in order of descending priority, and
text properties last.

get-char-property allows windows as the OBJECT argument, as well
as buffers and strings.  If you specify a window, then only overlays
active on that window are considered.

** Overlays can have the `invisible' property.

** The function insert-file-contents now takes an optional fifth 
argument called REPLACE.  If this is t, it means to replace the
contents of the buffer (actually, just the accessible portion)
with the contents of the file.

This is better than simply deleting and inserting the whole thing
because (1) it preserves some marker positions and (2) it puts less
data in the undo list.

** The variable inhibit-first-line-modes-regexps specifies classes of
file names for which -*- on the first line should not be looked for.

** The variables before-change-functions and after-change-functions
hold lists of functions to call before and after a change in the
buffer's text.  They work much like before-change-function and
after-change-function, except that they hold a list of functions
instead of just one.

These variables will eventually make before-change-function and
after-change-function obsolete.

** The variable kill-buffer-query-functions holds a list of functions
to be called with no arguments when a buffer is about to be killed.
(That buffer is the current buffer when the function is called.)
If any of the functions returns nil, the buffer is not killed
(and the remaining functions in the list are not called).

** The variable kill-emacs-query-functions holds a list of functions
to be called with no arguments when you ask to exit Emacs.
If any of the functions returns nil, the exit is canceled
(and the remaining functions in the list are not called).

** The argument for buffer-disable-undo is now optional,
like the argument for buffer-enable-undo.

** The new variable system-configuration holds the canonical three-part
GNU configuration name for which Emacs was built.

** The function system-name now tries harder to return a fully qualified
domain name.

** The variable emacs-major-version holds the major version number
of Emacs.  (Currently 19.)

** The variable emacs-minor-version holds the minor version number
of Emacs.  (Currently 23.)

** The default value of comint-input-autoexpand is now nil.
However, Shell mode sets it from the value of shell-input-autoexpand,
whose default value is `history'.

** The new function set-process-window-size specifies the terminal window
size for a subprocess.  On some systems it sends the subprocess a signal
to let it know that the size has changed.

** %P is a new way to display a percentage in the mode line.  It
displays the percentage of the buffer text that is above the *bottom*
of the window (which includes the text visible, in the window as well
as the text above the top).  It displays `Top' as well as the
percentage if the top of the buffer is visible on screen.

** %+ in the mode line specs displays `*' if the buffer is modified,
and otherwise `-'.  It never displays `%', as `%*' would do; whether the
buffer is read-only has no effect on %+.

** The new functions ffloor, fceiling, fround and ftruncate take a
floating point argument and return a floating point result whose value
is a nearby integer.  ffloor returns the nearest integer below; fceiling,
the nearest integer above; ftruncate, the nearest integer in the
direction towards zero; fround, the nearest integer.

** Setting `print-escape-newlines' to a non-nil value now also makes
formfeeds print as ``\f''.

** auto-mode-alist now has a new feature.  If an element has the form
(REGEXP FUNCTION t), and REGEXP matches the file name, then after calling
FUNCTION, Emacs deletes the part of the file name that matched REGEXP
and then searches auto-mode-alist again for a new match.

This is useful for uncompression packages.  An entry of this sort for
.gz can uncompress the file and then put the uncompressed file in the
proper mode according to the name sans .gz.

** The new function emacs-pid returns the process ID number of Emacs.

** user-login-name now consistently checks the LOGNAME environment
variable before USER.  user-original-login-name is obsolete, since it
provides the same functionality.  To ignore the environment variables,
use user-real-login-name.

** There is a more general way of handling the system-specific X
keysyms.  Set the variable system-key-alist to an alist containing
elements of the form (CODE . SYMBOL), where CODE is the numeric keysym
code minus the "vendor specific" bit, and symbol is the name for the
function key.

** You can use the variable command-line-functions to set up functions
to process unrecognized command line arguments.  The variable's value
should be a list of functions of no arguments.  The functions are
called successively until one of them returns non-nil.

Each function should access the free variables argi (the current
argument) and command-line-args-left (the remaining arguments).  The
function should return non-nil only if it recognizes and processes the
argument in argi.  If it does so, it may consume following arguments
as well by removing them from command-line-args-left.

** There's a new way for a magic file name handler to run a primitive
and inhibit handling of the file name.  Here is how to do it:

(let ((inhibit-file-name-handlers
       (cons 'ange-ftp-file-handler 
             (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation)
                      inhibit-file-name-handlers)))
      (inhibit-file-name-operation operation))
  (apply this-operation args))

The function find-file-name-handler now takes two arguments.  The
second argument is OPERATION, the operation for which the handler is
being sought.

People have suggested that the second argument should be optional, for
backward compatibility.  It would be nice if that were possible, but
it is not.  There is simply no way for find-file-name-handler to do
the right thing without receiving the proper value for its second
argument.

** The variable completion-regexp-list affects the completion
primitives try-completion and all-completions.  They consider
only the possible completions that match each regexp in the list.

** Case conversion in the function replace-match has been changed.

The old behavior was this: if any word in the old text was
capitalized, replace-match capitalized each word of the replacement
text.

The new behavior is this: if the first word in the old text is capitalized,
replace-match capitalizes the first word of the replacement text.

** You can now specify a case table with CANON non-nil and EQV nil.
Then the EQV part of the case table is deduced from CANON.

** The new function minibuffer-prompt takes no arguments and returns
the current minibuffer prompt string.

The new function minibuffer-prompt-width takes no arguments and
returns the display width of the minibuffer prompt string.

** The new function frame-first-window returns the window at the
upper left corner of a given frame.

** wholenump is a new alias for natnump.

** The variable installation-directory, if non-@@code{nil}, names a
directory within which to look for the `lib-src' and `etc'
subdirectories.  This is non-nil when Emacs can't find those
directories in their standard installed locations, but can find them
near where the Emacs executable was found.

** invocation-name and invocation-directory are now variables as well
as functions.  The variable values are the same values that the
functions return: the Emacs program name sans directories, and the
directory it was found in.  (invocation-directory may be nil, if Emacs
can't determine which directory it should be.)

** Installation change regarding version number counting.

The version number of an Emacs executable contains three numbers.
The first two describe the Emacs release and the third increments
each time you build Emacs.

Now the file version.el contains only the first two version numbers.
The third component is now determined on the basis of the names of the
existing executable files.  This means that version.el is not altered
by building Emacs.

* Changes in 19.22.
d1413 1
a1413 4
** The mouse click M-mouse-2 now inserts the current secondary
selection (from Emacs or any other X client) where you click.
It does not move point.
This command is called mouse-yank-secondary.
d1415 5
a1419 5
mouse-kill-secondary no longer has a key binding by default.
Clicking M-mouse-3 (mouse-secondary-save-then-kill) twice
may be a convenient enough way of killing the secondary selection.
Or perhaps there should be a keyboard binding for killing the
secondary selection.  Any suggestions?
d1421 1
a1421 1
** New packages:
d1423 3
a1425 2
*** `icomplete' provides character-by-character information
about what you could complete if you type TAB.
d1427 1
a1427 2
*** `avoid' moves the mouse away from point so that it doesn't hide
your typing.
d1429 3
a1431 2
*** `shadowfile' helps you update files that are supposed to be stored
identically in different places (perhaps on different machines).
d1433 1
a1433 2
** C-h p now knows about four additional keywords: data, faces, mouse,
and matching.
d1435 2
a1436 2
** The key for starting an inferior Lisp process, in Lisp mode,
is now C-c C-z instead of C-c C-l.
d1438 1
a1438 3
** When the VC commands ask whether to save the buffer, if you say no,
they signal an error.  This is so that you won't operate on the wrong
data.
d1440 3
a1442 1
** ISO Accents mode now supports `"s' as a way of typing German sharp s.
d1444 3
a1446 3
** By default, comint buffers (including Shell mode and debuggers)
no longer try to scroll to keep the cursor on the bottom line.
This feature was added in 19.21 but did not work smoothly enough.
d1448 3
a1450 1
** Emacs now handles the window manager "delete window" operation.
d1452 6
a1457 1
** Display of buffers with text properties is much faster now.
d1459 4
a1462 4
** The feature previously announced whereby `insert' does not inherit
text properties from surrounding text was not fully implemented
before; but now it is.  use `insert-and-inherit' if you wish to
inherit sticky properties from the surrounding text.
d1464 1
a1464 5
** The functions next-property-change, previous-property-change,
next-single-property-change, and previous-single-property-change
now take one additional optional argument LIMIT that is a position at
which to stop scanning.  If scan ends without finding the property
change sought, these functions return the specified limit.
d1466 2
a1467 8
The value returned by previous-single-property-change and
previous-property-change, when they do find a change, is now one
greater than what it used to be.  It is the position between the two
characters whose properties differ, which is one greater than the
position of the first character found (while scanning back) with
different properties.

* User editing changes in version 19.21.
d1469 5
a1473 6
** ISO Accents mode supports four additional characters:
A-with-ring (entered as /A), AE ligature (entered as /E),
and their lower-case equivalents.

* User editing changes in version 19.20.
(See following page for Lisp programming changes.)
d1475 1
a1475 218
Note that some of these changes were made subsequent to the Emacs 19.20
editions of the Emacs manual and Emacs Lisp manual; therefore, if you
have those editions, do read this page.

** Dragging with mouse button 1 now puts the selected region
in the kill ring so you can paste it into other X applications.

** Double and triple clicks with button 1 now behave as in xterm,
selecting the word or line surrounding where you click.  If you drag
after the last click, you can select a range of words or lines.

** You can use button 3 to extend a mouse-selected region, as in xterm.
This works for regions selected either by dragging Mouse-1 or by
multiple-clicking Mouse-1.  Clicking Mouse-3 moves the end of the
region that is (initially) nearer to where you click.

If the selection was first made by multiple-clicking Mouse-1, and thus
consists of entire words or lines, Mouse-3 preserves that state.

As before, clicking Mouse-3 again in the same place kills the region
thus selected.

** The secondary selection commands, M-Mouse-1 and M-Mouse-3, have been
likewise modified.

** You can now search for strings and regexps using the Edit menu bar menu.

** You can now access bookmarks using the Bookmark submenu in the File
menu in the menu bar.

** ISO Accents mode, a buffer-local minor mode, provides a convenient
way to type certain non-ASCII characters.  It makes the characters `,
', ", ^, ~ and / serve as modifiers for the following letter.  ` and '
add accents, " adds an umlaut or dieresis, ^ adds a circumflex, ~
adds a tilde, and / adds a slash to the following letter.

If the following character is not a letter, or cannot be modified as
requested, then both characters stand for themselves.  If you
duplicate the modifier accent character, that enters the corresponding
ISO non-spacing accent character (thus, '' enters the ISO acute-accent
character).  To enter a modifier character itself, type it followed by
a space.

This feature can be used whenever a key sequence is expected: for
ordinary insertion, for searching, and for certain command arguments.

A few special combinations:

~c => c with cedilla
~d => d with stroke
~< => left guillemot
~> => right guillemot

** iso-transl.el is a new library that replaces iso-insert.el.
It defines C-x 8 as an insertion prefix for the ISO characters
between 128 and 255, much like iso-insert, except that iso-transl
works even in searches and help commands--wherever a key sequence
is expected.

To define case-conversion for these characters for ISO 8859/1,
load the library iso-syntax.  (This is not new.)

** M-TAB in Text mode now runs the command ispell-complete-word
which performs completion using the spelling dictionary.

The spelling correction submenu now includes this command 
and another command which completes a word fragment (that is,
it doesn't assume that the text to be completed starts at the
beginning of a word.

** In incremental search, you can use M-y to yank the most recent kill
into the search string.

** The new function ispell-message checks the spelling of a message
you are about to send or post.  It ignores text cited from other
messages.

To automatically check all your outgoing messages, include the
following line in your .emacs file:
  (setq news-inews-hook (setq mail-send-hook 'ispell-message))

** There is now a separate minibuffer history list for the names of
extended commands.  This history list is used by M-x when reading
the command name.  The motivation for this is to prevent command
names from appearing in the history used for other minibuffer
arguments.

Note that the history list for entire commands that use the minibuffer
is a separate feature.  That history list records a command with all
its arguments, and you must use C-x ESC ESC to access it.

** You can use the new command C-x v ~ VERSION RET to examine a
specified version of a file that is maintained with version control.

** In Indented Text mode, only blank lines now separate paragraphs.
Indented lines continue the paragraph that is in progress.  This makes
the user option variable adaptive-fill-mode have its intended effect.

** Local variable specifications in files for variables whose names end
in `-hook' and `-function' are now controlled by the variable
`enable-local-eval', just like the `eval' variable.

** C-x r j (jump-to-register) when restoring a frame configuration now
makes all unwanted frames (existing frames not mentioned in the
configuration) invisible.

If you want to delete these unwanted frames, use a prefix argument for
C-x r j.

** You can customize the calendar to display weeks beginning on
Monday: set the variable `calendar-week-start-day' to 1.

** Rmail changes.

If you save messages to a file in Unix format while viewing a message
with its whole header, this now copies to the file the entire header
of each message copied.

** Comint mode changes.

C-c C-e shows as much output as possible in the window.
C-c RET copies an old input (the one at point)
and places the copy after the latest prompt.
C-c C-p and C-c C-n move through the buffer, stopping at places
where the subshell prompted for input.
C-c C-h lists the input history in a `*Help*' buffer.

There are new menu bar items for completion/input/output/signal commands.

Input behaviour is configurable.  Variables control whether some windows
showing the buffer scroll to the bottom before insertion.  These are
`comint-scroll-to-bottom-on-input' and `before-change-function'.  By default,
insertion causes the selected window to scroll to the bottom before insertion
occurs.

Subprocess output now keeps point at the end of the buffer in each
window individually if point was already at the end of the buffer in
that window.

If `comint-scroll-show-maximum-output' is non-nil (which is the
default), then scrolling due to arrival of output tries to place the
last line of text at the bottom line of the window, so as to show as
much useful text as possible.  (This mimics the scrolling behavior of
many terminals.)

By setting `comint-scroll-to-bottom-on-output', you can opt for having
point jump to the end of the buffer whenever output arrives--no matter
where in the buffer point was before.  If the value is `this', point
jumps in the selected window.  If the value is `all', point jumps in
each window that shows the comint buffer.  If the value is `other',
point jumps in all nonselected windows that show the current buffer.
The default value is nil, which means point does not jump to the end.

Input history insertion is configurable.  A variable controls whether only the
first instance of successive identical inputs is stored in the input history.
This is `comint-input-ignoredups'.

Completion (bound to TAB) is now more general.  Depending on context,
completion now operates on the input history, on command names, or (as
before) on filenames.

Filename completion is configurable.  Variables control whether
file/directory suffix characters are added (`comint-completion-addsuffix'),
whether shortest completion is acceptable when no further unambiguous
completion is possible (`comint-completion-recexact'), and the timing of
completion candidate listing (`comint-completion-autolist').

Comint mode now provides history expansion.  Insert input using `!'
and `^', in the same syntax that typical shells use; then type TAB.
This searches the comint input history for a matching element,
performs substitution if necessary, and places the result in the
comint buffer in place of the original input.

History references in the input may be expanded before insertion into
the input ring, or on input to the interpreter (and therefore
visibly).  The variable `comint-input-autoexpand' specifies which.

You can make the SPC key perform history expansion by binding
SPC to the command `comint-magic-space'.

The command `comint-dynamic-complete-variable' does variable name
completion using the environment variables as set within Emacs.  The
variables controlling filename completion apply to variable name
completion too.  This command is normally available through the menu
bar.

** Shell mode

Paragraph motion and marking commands (default bindings M-{, M-}, M-h) operate
on output groups (i.e., shell prompt plus associated shell output).

TAB now completes commands, as well as file names and expand history.
Commands are searched for along the path that Emacs has on startup.

C-c C-f now moves forward a command (`shell-forward-command') and
C-c C-b now moves backward a command (`shell-backward-command').

Command completion is configurable.  The variables controlling
filename completion in comint mode apply, together with a variable
controlling whether to restrict possible completions to only files
that are executable (`shell-command-execonly').

The input history is initialised from the file name given in the
variable `shell-input-ring-file-name'--normally `.history' in your
home directory.

Directory tracking is more robust.  It can cope with command sequences
and forked commands, and can detect the failure of directory changing
commands in most circumstances.  It's still not infallible, of course.

You can now configure the behaviour of `pushd'.  Variables control
whether `pushd' behaves like `cd' if no argument is given
(`shell-pushd-tohome'), pop rather than rotate with a numeric argument
(`shell-pushd-dextract'), and only add directories to the directory
stack if they are not already on it (`shell-pushd-dunique').  The
configuration you choose should match the underlying shell, of course.

* Emacs Lisp programming changes in Emacs 19.20.
d1477 1
a1477 2
** A new function `remove-hook' is now used to remove a hook that you might
have added with `add-hook'.
d1479 4
a1482 1
** There is now a Lisp pretty-printer in the library `pp'.
d1484 1
a1484 1
** The partial Common Lisp support has been entirely reimplemented.
d1486 4
a1489 164
** When you insert text using `insert', `insert-before-markers' or
`insert-buffer-substring', text properties are no longer inherited
from the surrounding text.

When you want to inherit text properties, use the new functions
`insert-and-inherit' or `insert-before-markers-and-inherit'.

The self-inserting character command does do inheritance.

** Frame creation hooks.

The function make-frame now runs the normal hooks
before-make-frame-hook and after-make-frame-hook.

** You can now use function-key-map to make a key an alias for other
key sequences that can vary depending on circumstances.  To do this,
give the key a definition in function-key-map which is a function
rather than a specific expansion key sequence.

If the function reads input itself, it can have the effect of altering
the event that follows.  For example, here's how to define C-c h to
turn the character that follows into a hyper character:

(define-key function-key-map "\C-ch" 'hyperify)

(defun hyperify (prompt)
  (let ((e (read-event)))
    (vector (if (numberp e)
		(logior (lsh 1 20) e)
	      (if (memq 'hyper (event-modifiers e))
		  e
		(add-event-modifier "H-" e))))))

(defun add-event-modifier (string e)
  (let ((symbol (if (symbolp e) e (car e))))
    (setq symbol (intern (concat string (symbol-name symbol))))
    (if (symbolp e)
	symbol
      (cons symbol (cdr e)))))

The character translation function gets one argument, which is the
prompt that was specified in read-key-sequence--or nil if the key
sequence is being read by the editor command loop.  In most cases
you can just ignore the prompt value.

** Changes for reading and writing text properties.

New low-level Lisp features make it possible to write Lisp programs to
save text properties in files, and read text properties from files.
You can program any file format you like.

The variable `write-region-annotation-functions' should contain a list
of functions to be run by `write-region' to encode text properties in
some fashion as annotations to the text that is written.

Each function in the list is called with two arguments: the start and
end of the region to be written.  These functions should not alter the
contents of the buffer.  Instead, they should return lists indicating
annotations to write in the file in addition to the text in the
buffer.

Each function should return a list of elements of the form (POSITION
. STRING), where POSITION is an integer specifying the relative
position in the text to be written, and STRING is the annotation to
add there.

Each list returned by one of these functions must be already sorted in
increasing order by POSITION.  If there is more than one function,
`write-region' merges the lists destructively into one sorted list.

When `write-region' actually writes the text from the buffer to the
file, it intermixes the specified annotations at the corresponding
positions.  All this takes place without modifying the buffer.

The variable `after-insert-file-functions' should contain a list of
functions to be run each time a file's contents have been inserted into
a buffer.  Each function receives one argument, the length of the
inserted text; point indicates the start of that text.  The function
should make whatever changes it wants to make, then return the updated
length of the inserted text, as it stands after those changes.  The
value returned by one function is used as the argument to the next.
These functions should always return with point at the beginning of
the inserted text.

The intended use of `after-insert-file-functions' is for converting
some sort of textual annotations into actual text properties.  But many
other uses may be possible.

We now invite users to begin implementing Lisp programs to store and
retrieve text properties in files, using these new primitive features,
and thus to experiment with various data formats and find good ones.

We suggest not trying to handle arbitrary Lisp objects as property
names or property values--because a program that general is probably
difficult to write, and slow.  Instead, choose a set of possible data
types that are reasonably flexible, and not too hard to encode.

** Comint completion.

Currently comint-dynamic-complete-command (and associated variable
comint-after-partial-pathname-command) are set by default to complete a
filename.  Other comint-mode users should have their own functions to achieve
this.  For example, gud-mode could complete debugger commands.  A completion
function is provided solely for this reason (comint-dynamic-simple-complete).

Other comint-mode users should bind comint-dynamic-complete (shell-mode does
already).

** Comint history reference expansion

Currently comint-input-autoexpand is 'history, which means only expand
history on insertion to comint-input-ring.  For non-shell modes, this is
a strange default, since non-shells will not understand history references.
Perhaps it would be better for the variable to be 'input, which means expand
on RET.

The value 'history might possibly be wrong even for shells, since the
expansion will be done both by comint and the underlying shell (except sh, of
course).  It would be better for expansion to be done by one or the other,
not both since they may (ahem) disagree.  Since it is silly to put a literal
history reference into comint-input-ring, perhaps it would be better for the
variable to be 'input too.

The reason the variable is not 'input by default is that I was attempting to
adhere to The Principle of Least Astonishment.  I didn't want to shock users
by having their input change in front of their eyes.

** Argument delimiters and Comint mode.

Currently comint-delimiter-argument-list is '(), which means no strings are
to be treated as delimiters and arguments.  In shell-mode, this variable is
set to shell-delimiter-argument-list, '("|" "&" "<" ">" "(" ")" ";").  Other
comint-mode users should set this variable too.  For example, a lisp-type
mode might want to set this to '("." "(" ")") or some such.

** Comint output hook.

There is now a hook, comint-output-filter-hook, that is run-hooks'ed by the
output filter, comint-output-filter.  This is useful for scrolling (see
below), but also things like processing output for specific text, output
highlighting, etc.

So that such output processing may be done efficiently, there is a new
variable, comint-last-output-start, that records the position of the start of
the lastest output inserted into the buffer (effectively the previous value
of process-mark).  Output processing functions should process the text
between comint-last-output-start (or perhaps the beginning of the line that
the position lies on) and process-mark.

** Comint scrolling.

There is now automatic scrolling of process windows.

Currently comint-scroll-show-maximum-output is t, which means when scrolling
output put process-mark at the bottom of the window.  There is a good case
for it to be t, since the user is likely to want to see as much output as
possible.  But, then again, there is a comint-show-maximum-output command.

** Comint history retrieval.

The input following point is not deleted when moving around the input history
(with M-p etc.).  Emacs maintainers may not like this.  However, I feel this
is a useful feature.  The simple remedy is to put end-of-line in before
delete-region in comint-previous-matching-input.
d1491 3
a1493 4
The input history retrieval commands still wrap-around the input ring, unlike
Emacs command history.

* Changes in version 19.19.
d1495 1
a1495 26
** The new package bookmark.el records named bookmarks: positions that
you can jump to.  Bookmarks are saved automatically between Emacs
sessions.

** Another simpler package saveplace.el records your position in each
file when you kill its buffer (or kill Emacs), and jumps to the same
position when you visit the file again (even in another Emacs
session).  Use `toggle-save-place' to turn on place-saving in a given file;
use (setq-default save-place t) to turn it on for all files.

** In Outline mode, you can now customize how to compute the level of a
heading line.  Set `outline-level' to a function of no arguments which
returns the level, assuming point is at the beginning of a heading
line.

** You can now specify the prefix key to use for Outline minor mode.
(The default is C-c.)  Set the variable outline-minor-mode-prefix to
the key sequence you want to use (as a string or vector).

** In Bibtex mode, C-c e has been changed to C-c C-b.  This is because
C-c followed by a letter is reserved for users.

** The `mod' function is no longer an alias for `%', but is a separate function
that yields a result with the same sign as the divisor.  `floor' now takes an
optional second argument, which divides the first argument before the floor is
taken.
d1497 1
a1497 4
** `%' no longer allows floating point arguments, since the results were often
inconsistent with integer `%'.

* Changes in version 19.18.
d1499 1
a1499 1
** Typing C-z in an iconified Emacs frame now deiconifies it.
d1501 1
a1501 2
** hilit19 is a new library for automatic highlighting of parts of the
text in the buffer, based on its meaning and context.
d1503 3
a1505 124
** Killing no longer sends the killed text to the X clipboard.
And large strings are not put in the cut buffer either.
The variable x-cut-buffer-max specifies the maximum number of characters
to put in the cut buffer.

** The new command C-x 5 o (other-frame) selects different frames,
successively, in cyclic order.  It does for frames what C-x o
does for windows.

** The command M-ESC (eval-expression) has its own command history.

** The commands M-! and M-| for running shell commands have their own
command history.

** If the directory containing the Emacs executable has a sibling named
`lisp', that `lisp' directory is added to the end of `load-path'
(provided you don't override the normal value with the EMACSLOADPATH
environment variable).  This feature may make it easier to move
an installed Emacs from place to place.

** M-x validate-tex-buffer now records the locations of mismatches
found in the `*Occur*' buffer.  You can go to that buffer and type C-c
C-c to visit a particular mismatch.

** There are new commands in Shell mode.

C-c C-n and C-c C-p move point to the next or previous shell input line.

C-c C-d is now another way to send an end-of-file to the subshell.

** Changes to calendar/diary.

Time zone data is now determined automatically, including the
start/stop days and times of daylight savings time.  The code now
works correctly almost anywhere in the world.

The format of the holiday specifications has changed and IS NO LONGER
COMPATIBLE with the old (version 18) format.  See the documentation of
the variable calendar-holidays for details of the new, improved
format.

The hook `diary-display-hook' has been split into two:
diary-display-hook which should be used ONLY for the display and
`diary-hook' which should be used for appointment notification.  If
diary-display-hook is nil (the default), simple-diary-display is
used.  This allows the diary hooks to be correctly set with add-hook.

The forms used for dates in diary entries and general display are no
longer autoloaded, but set at load time; this means they will be set
correctly based on values you assign to various variables.

** The functions x-rebind-key and x-rebind-keys have been deleted,
because you can accomplish the same job by binding keys to keyboard
macros.

** Emacs now distinguishes double and triple drag events and double and
triple button-down events.  These work analogously to double and
triple click events.

Double drag events, if not defined, convert to ordinary click events.
Double down events, if not defined, convert first to ordinary down
events, which are then discarded if not defined.  Triple events that
are not defined convert to the corresponding double event; if that is
also not defined, it may convert further.

** The new function event-click-count returns the number of clicks,
from an event which is a list.  It is 1 for an ordinary click, drag,
or button-down event, 2 for a double event, and 3 or more for a triple
event.

** The new function previous-frame is like next-frame, but moves
around through the set of existing frames in the opposite order.

** The post-command-hook now runs even after commands that get an error
and return to top level.  As a consequence of the same change, this
hook also runs before Emacs reads the first command.  That might sound
paradoxical, as if this hook were the same as the pre-command-hook.
Actually, they are not similar; the latter runs before *execution* of
a command, but after it has been read.

** You can turn off the text property hooks that run when point moves
to certain places in the buffer, by binding inhibit-point-motion-hooks
to a non-nil value.

** Inserting a string with no text properties into the buffer normally
inherits the properties of the preceding character.  You can now
control this inheritance by setting the front-sticky and
rear-nonsticky properties of a character.

If you make a character's front-sticky property t, then insertion
before the character inherits its properties.  If you make the
rear-nonsticky property t, then insertion after the character does not
inherit its properties.  You can regard characters as normally being
rear-sticky and not front-sticky, and this is why insertion normally
inherits from the previous character.

If neither side of an insertion is suitably sticky, then the inserted
text gets no properties.  If both sides are sticky, then the inserted
text gets the properties of both sides, with the previous character's
properties taking precedence when both sides have a property in
common.

You can also specify stickiness for individual properties.  To do so,
use a list of property names as the value of the front-sticky property
or the rear-nonsticky property.  For example, if a character has a
rear-nonsticky property whose value is (face read-only), then
insertion after the character will not inherit its face property or
read-only property (if any), but will inherit any other properties.

The merging of properties when both sides of the insertion are sticky
takes place one property at a time.  If the preceding character is
rear-sticky for the property, and the property is non-nil, it
dominates.  Otherwise, the following character's property value is
used if it is front-sticky for that property.

** If you give a character a non-nil `invisible' text property, the
character does not appear on the screen.  This works much like
selective display.

The details of this feature are likely to change in future Emacs
versions.

** In Info, when you go to a node, it runs the normal hook
Info-selection-hook.
d1507 1
a1507 2
** You can use the new function `invocation-directory' to get the name
of the directory containing the Emacs executable that was run.
d1509 2
a1510 1
** Entry to the minibuffer runs the normal hook minibuffer-setup-hook.
d1512 1
a1512 4
** The new function minibuffer-window-active-p takes one argument, a
minibuffer window, and returns t if the window is currently active.

* Changes in version 19.17.
d1514 1
a1514 184
** When Emacs displays a list of completions in a buffer, 
you can select a completion by clicking mouse button 2
on that completion.

** Use the command `list-faces-display' to display a list of 
all the currently defined faces, showing what they look like.

** Menu bar items from local maps now come after the usual items.

** The Help menu bar item always comes last in the menu bar.

** If you enable Font-Lock mode on a buffer containing a program
(certain languages such as C and Lisp are supported), everything you
type is automatically given a face property appropriate to its
syntactic role.  For example, there are faces for comments, string
constants, names of functions being defined, and so on.

** Dunnet, an adventure game, is now available.

** Several major modes now have their own menu bar items, 
including Dired, Rmail, and Sendmail.  We would like to add 
suitable menu bar items to other major modes.

** The key binding C-x a C-h has been eliminated.
This is because it got in the way of the general feature of typing
C-h after a prefix character.  If you want to run
inverse-add-global-abbrev, you can use C-x a - or C-x a i g instead.

** If you set the variable `rmail-mail-new-frame' to a non-nil value,
all the Rmail commands to send mail make a new frame to do it in.
When you send the message, or use the menu bar command not to send it,
that frame is deleted.

** In Rmail, the o and C-o commands are now almost interchangeable.
Both commands check the format of the file you specify, and append
the message to it in Rmail format if it is an Rmail file, and in
inbox file format otherwise.  C-o and o are different only when you
specify a new file.

** The function `copy-face' now takes an optional fourth argument
NEW-FRAME.  If you specify this, it copies the definition of face
OLD-FACE on frame FRAME to face NEW-NAME on frame NEW-FRAME.

** A local map can now cancel out one of the global map's menu items.
Just define that subcommand of the menu item with `undefined'
as the definition.  For example, this cancels out the `Buffers' item
for the current major mode:

    (local-set-key [menu-bar buffer] 'undefined)

** To put global items at the end of the menu bar, use the new variable
`menu-bar-final-items'.  It should be a list of symbols--event types
bound in the menu bar.  The menu bar items for these symbols are
moved to the end.

** The list returned by `buffer-local-variables' now contains cons-cell
elements of the form (SYMBOL . VALUE) only for buffer-local variables
that have values.  For unbound buffer-local variables, the variable
name (symbol) appears directly as an element of the list.

** The `modification-hooks' property of a character no longer affects
insertion; it runs only for deletion and modification of the character.

To detect insertion, use `insert-in-front-hooks' and
`insert-behind-hooks' properties.  The former runs when text is
inserted immediately preceding the character that has the property;
the latter runs when text is inserted immediately following the
character.

** Buffer modification now runs hooks belonging to overlays as well as
hooks belonging to characters.  If an overlay has a
`modification-hooks' property, it applies to any change to text in the
overlay, and any insertion within the overlay.  If the overlay has a
`insert-in-front-hooks' property, it runs for insertion at the
beginning boundary of the overlay.  If the overlay has an
`insert-behind-hooks' property, it runs for insertion at the end
boundary of the overlay.

The values of these properties should be lists of functions.  Each
function is called, receiving as arguments the overlay in question,
followed by the bounds of the range being modified.

** The new `-name NAME' option directs Emacs to search for its X
resources using the name `NAME', and sets the title of the initial
frame.  This argument was added for consistency with other X clients.

** The new `-xrm DATABASE' option tells Emacs to treat the string
DATABASE as the text of an X resource database.  Emacs searches
DATABASE for resource values, in addition to the usual places.  This
argument was added for consistency with other X clients.

** Emacs now searches for X resources in the files specified by the
XFILESEARCHPATH, XUSERFILESEARCHPATH, and XAPPLRESDIR environment
variables, emulating the functionality provided by programs written
using Xt.  Because of this change, Emacs will now notice system-wide
application defaults files, as other X clients do.

XFILESEARCHPATH and XUSERFILESEARCHPATH should be a list of file names
separated by colons; XAPPLRESDIR should be a list of directory names
separated by colons.

Emacs searches for X resources
  + specified on the command line, with the `-xrm RESOURCESTRING'
    option,
  + then in the value of the XENVIRONMENT environment variable,
    - or if that is unset, in the file named ~/.Xdefaults-HOSTNAME if it exists
      (where HOSTNAME is the hostname of the machine Emacs is running on),
  + then in the screen-specific and server-wide resource properties
    provided by the server,
    - or if those properties are unset, in the file named ~/.Xdefaults
      if it exists,
  + then in the files listed in XUSERFILESEARCHPATH,
    - or in files named LANG/Emacs in directories listed in XAPPLRESDIR
      (where LANG is the value of the LANG environment variable), if
      the LANG environment variable is set,
    - or in files named Emacs in the directories listed in XAPPLRESDIR
    - or in ~/LANG/Emacs (if the LANG environment variable is set),
    - or in ~/Emacs,
  + then in the files listed in XFILESEARCHPATH.

The paths in the variables XFILESEARCHPATH, XUSERFILESEARCHPATH, and
XAPPLRESDIR may contain %-escapes (like the control strings passed to
the the Emacs lisp `format' function or C printf function), which
Emacs expands.

%N is replaced by the string "Emacs" wherever it occurs.
%T is replaced by "app-defaults" wherever it occurs.
%S is replaced by the empty string wherever it occurs.
%L and %l are replaced by the value of the LANG environment variable; if LANG
   is not set, Emacs does not use that directory or file name at all.
%C is replaced by the value of the resource named "customization"
   (class "Customization"), as retrieved from the server's resource
   properties or the user's ~/.Xdefaults file, or the empty string if
   that resource doesn't exist.

So, for example,
  if XFILESEARCHPATH is set to the value
    "/usr/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%C:/usr/lib/X11/%T/%N%C:/usr/lib/X11/%T/%N",
  and the LANG environment variable is set to
    "english",
  and the customization resource is the string
    "-color",
then, in the last step of the process described above, Emacs checks
for resources in the first of the following files that is present and
readable:
	/usr/lib/X11/english/app-defaults/Emacs-color
	/usr/lib/X11/app-defaults/Emacs-color
	/usr/lib/X11/app-defaults/Emacs
If the LANG environment variable is not set, then Emacs never uses the
first element of the path, "/usr/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%C", because it
contains the %L escape.

If XFILESEARCHPATH is unset, Emacs uses the default value
"/usr/lib/X11/%L/app-defaults/Emacs%C:\
/usr/lib/X11/app-defaults/Emacs%C:\
/usr/lib/X11/%L/app-defaults/Emacs:\
/usr/lib/X11/app-defaults/Emacs"

This feature was added for consistency with other X applications.

** The new function `text-property-any' scans the region of text from
START to END to see if any character's property PROP is `eq' to
VALUE.  If so, it returns the position of the first such character.
Otherwise, it returns nil.

The optional fifth argument, OBJECT, specifies the string or buffer to
be examined.

** The new function `text-property-not-all' scans the region of text from
START to END to see if any character's property PROP is not `eq' to
VALUE.  If so, it returns the position of the first such character.
Otherwise, it returns nil.

The optional fifth argument, OBJECT, specifies the string or buffer to
be examined.

** The function `delete-windows-on' now takes an optional second
argument FRAME, which specifies which frames it should affect.
  + If FRAME is nil or omitted, then `delete-windows-on' deletes windows
    showing BUFFER (its first argument) on all frames.
  + If FRAME is t, then `delete-windows-on' only deletes windows on the
    selected frame; other frames are unaffected.
  + If FRAME is a frame, then `delete-windows-on' only deletes windows on
    the given frame; other frames are unaffected.
d1516 2
a1517 2

* Changes in version 19.16.
d1519 1
a1519 122
** When dragging the mouse to select a region, Emacs now highlights the
region as you drag (if Transient Mark mode is enabled).  If you
continue the drag beyond the boundaries of the window, Emacs scrolls
the window at a steady rate until you either move the mouse back into
the window or release the button.

** RET now exits `query-replace' and `query-replace-regexp'; this makes it
more consistent with the incremental search facility, which uses RET
to end the search.

** In C mode, C-c C-u now runs c-up-conditional.
C-c C-n and C-c C-p now run new commands that move forward
and back over balanced sets of C conditionals (c-forward-conditional
and c-backward-conditional).

** The Edit entry in the menu bar has a new alternative:
"Choose Next Paste".  It gives you a menu showing the various
strings in the kill ring; click on one to select it as the text 
to be yanked ("pasted") the next time you yank.

** If you enable Transient Mark mode and set `mark-even-if-inactive' to
non-nil, then the region is highlighted in a transient fashion just as
normally in Transient Mark mode, but the mark really remains active
all the time; commands that use the region can be used even if the
region highlighting turns off.

** If you type C-h after a prefix key, it displays the bindings
that start with that prefix.

** The VC package now searches for version control commands in the
directories named by the variable `vc-path'; its value should be a
list of strings.

** If you are visiting a file that has locks registered under RCS,
VC now displays each lock's owner and version number in the mode line
after the string `RCS'.  If there are no locks, VC displays the head
version number.

** When using X, if you load the `paren' library, Emacs automatically
underlines or highlights the matching paren whenever point is
next to the outside of a paren.  When point is before an open-paren,
this shows the matching close; when point is after a close-paren,
this shows the matching open.

** The new function `define-key-after' is like `define-key',
but takes an extra argument AFTER.  It places the newly defined
binding after the binding for the event AFTER.

** `accessible-keymaps' now takes an optional second argument, PREFIX.
If PREFIX is non-nil, it means the value should include only maps for
keys that start with PREFIX.

`describe-bindings' also accepts an optional argument PREFIX which
means to describe only the keys that start with PREFIX.

** The variable `prefix-help-command' hold a command to run to display help
whenever the character `help-char' follows a prefix key and does not have
a key binding in that context.

** Emacs now detects double- and triple-mouse clicks.  A single mouse
click produces a pair events of the form:
	(down-mouse-N POSITION)
	(mouse-N POSITION)
Clicking the same mouse button again, soon thereafter and at the same
location, produces another pair of events of the form:
	(down-mouse-N POSITION)
	(double-mouse-N POSITION 2)
Another click will produce an event pair of the form:
	(down-mouse-N POSITION)
	(triple-mouse-N POSITION 3)
All the POSITIONs in such a sequence would be identical, except for
their timestamps.

To count as double- and triple-clicks, mouse clicks must be at the
same location as the first click, and the number of milliseconds
between the first release and the second must be less than the value
of the lisp variable `double-click-time'.  Setting `double-click-time'
to nil disables multi-click detection.  Setting it to t removes the
time limit; Emacs then detects multi-clicks by position only.

If `read-key-sequence' finds no binding for a double-click event, but
the corresponding single-click event would be bound,
`read-key-sequence' demotes it to a single-click.  Similarly, it
demotes unbound triple-clicks to double- or single-clicks.  This means
you don't have to distinguish between single- and multi-clicks if you
don't want to.

Emacs reports all clicks after the third as `triple-mouse-N' clicks,
but increments the click count after POSITION.  For example, a fourth
click, soon after the third and at the same location, produces a pair
of events of the form:
	(down-mouse-N POSITION)
	(triple-mouse-N POSITION 4)

** The way Emacs reports positions of mouse events has changed
slightly.  If a mouse event includes a position list of the form:
	(WINDOW (PLACE-SYMBOL) (COLUMN . ROW) TIMESTAMP)
this denotes exactly the same position as the list:
	(WINDOW  PLACE-SYMBOL  (COLUMN . ROW) TIMESTAMP)
That is, the event occurred over a non-textual area of the frame,
specified by PLACE-SYMBOL, a symbol like `mode-line' or
`vertical-scroll-bar'.

Enclosing PLACE-SYMBOL in a singleton list does not change the
position denoted, but the `read-key-sequence' function uses the
presence or absence of the singleton list to tell whether or not it
should prefix the event with its place symbol.

Normally, `read-key-sequence' prefixes mouse events occurring over
non-textual areas with their PLACE-SYMBOLs, to select the sub-keymap
appropriate for the event; for example, clicking on the mode line
produces a sequence like
	[mode-line (mouse-1 POSN)]
However, if lisp code elects to unread the resulting key sequence by
placing it in the `unread-command-events' variable, it is important
that `read-key-sequence' not insert the prefix symbol again; that
would produce a malformed key sequence like
	[mode-line mode-line (mouse-1 POSN)]
For this reason, `read-key-sequence' encloses the event's PLACE-SYMBOL
in a singleton list when it first inserts the prefix, but doesn't
insert the prefix when processing events whose PLACE-SYMBOLs are
already thus enclosed.
d1521 3
a1523 2

* Changes in version 19.15.
d1525 1
a1525 40
** `make-frame-visible', which uniconified frames, is now a command,
and thus may be bound to a key.  This makes sense because frames
respond to user input while iconified.

** You can now use Meta mouse clicks to set and use the "secondary
selection".  You can drag M-Mouse-1 across the region you want to
select.  Or you can press M-Mouse-1 at one end and M-Mouse-3 at the
other (this also copies the text to the kill ring).  Repeating M-Mouse-3
again at the same place kills that text.

M-Mouse-2 kills the secondary selection.

Setting the secondary selection does not move point or the mark.  It
is possible to make a secondary selection that does not all fit on the
screen, by using M-Mouse-1 at one end, scrolling, then using M-Mouse-3
at the other end.

Emacs has only one secondary selection at any time.  Starting to set
a new one cancels any previous one.  The secondary selection displays
using a face named `secondary-selection'.

** There's a new way to request use of Supercite (sc.el).  Do this:

    (add-hook 'mail-citation-hook 'sc-cite-original)

Currently this works with Rmail.  In the future, other Emacs based
mail-readers should be modified to understand this hook also.
In the mean time, you should keep doing what you have done in the past
for those other mail readers.

** When a regular expression contains `\(...\)' inside a repetition
operator such as `*' or `+', and you ask about the range that was matched
using `match-beginning' and `match-end', the range you get corresponds
to the *last* repetition *only*.  In Emacs 18, you would get a range
corresponding to all the repetitions.

If you want to get a range corresponding to all the repetitions,
put a `\(...\)' grouping *outside* the repetition operator.  This
is the syntax that corresponds logically to the desired result, and
it works the same in Emacs 18 and Emacs 19.
d1527 2
a1528 4
(This change actually took place earlier, but we didn't know about it
and thus didn't document it.)

* Changes in version 19.14.
d1530 1
a1530 39
** To modify read-only text, bind the variable `inhibit-read-only'
to a non-nil value.  If the value is t, then all reasons that might
make text read-only are inhibited (including `read-only' text properties).
If the value is a list, then a `read-only' property is inhibited
if it is `memq' in the list.

** If you call `get-buffer-window' passing t as its second argument, it
will only search for windows on visible frames.  Previously, passing t
as the secord argument caused `get-buffer-window' to search all
frames, visible or not.

** If you call `other-buffer' with a nil or omitted second argument, it
will ignore buffers displayed windows on any visible frame, not just
the selected frame.

** You can specify a window or a frame for C-x # to use when
selects a server buffer.  Set the variable server-window
to the window or frame that you want.

** The command M-( now inserts spaces outside the open-parentheses in
some cases--depending on the syntax classes of the surrounding
characters.  If the variable `parens-dont-require-spaces' is non-nil,
it inhibits insertion of these spaces.

** The GUD package now supports the debugger known as xdb on HP/UX
systems.  Use M-x xdb.  The variable `gud-xdb-directories' lets you
specify a list of directories to search for source code.

** If you are using the mailabbrev package, you should note that its
function for defining an alias is now called `define-mail-abbrev'.
This package no longer contains a definition for `define-mail-alias';
that name is used only in mailaliases.

** Inserted characters now inherit the properties of the text before
them, by default, rather than those of the following text.

** The function `insert-file-contents' now takes optional arguments BEG
and END that specify which part of the file to insert.  BEG defaults to
0 (the beginning of the file), and END defaults to the end of the file.
d1532 3
a1534 3
If you specify BEG or END, then the argument VISIT must be nil.

* Changes in version 19.13.
d1536 1
a1536 1
** Magic file names can now handle the `load' operation.
d1538 4
a1541 1
** Bibtex mode now sets up special entries in the menu bar.
d1543 2
a1544 4
** The incremental search commands C-w and C-y, which copy text from
the buffer into the search string, now convert it to lower case
if you are in a case-insensitive search.  This is to avoid making
the search a case-sensitive one.
d1546 1
a1546 1
** GNUS now knows your time zone automatically if Emacs does.
d1548 4
a1551 6
** Hide-ifdef mode no longer defines keys of the form
C-c LETTER, since those keys are reserved for users.
Those commands have been moved to C-c M-LETTER.
We may move them again for greater consistency with other modes.

* Changes in version 19.12.
d1553 1
a1553 4
** You can now make many of the sort commands ignore case by setting
`sort-fold-case' to a non-nil value.

* Changes in version 19.11.
d1555 3
a1557 1
** Supercite is installed.
d1559 1
a1559 3
** `write-file-hooks' functions that return non-nil are responsible
for making a backup file if you want that to be done.
To do so, execute the following code:
d1561 3
a1563 1
   (or buffer-backed-up (backup-buffer))
d1565 1
a1565 4
You might wish to save the file modes value returned by
`backup-buffer' and use that to set the mode bits of the file
that you write.  This is what `basic-save-buffer' does when
it writes a file in the usual way.
d1567 3
a1569 168
(This is not actually new, but wasn't documented before.)

* Changes in version 19.10.

** The command `repeat-complex-command' is now on C-x ESC ESC.
It used to be bound to C-x ESC.

The reason for this change is to make function keys work after C-x.

** The variable `highlight-nonselected-windows' now controls whether
the region is highlighted in windows other than the selected window
(in Transient Mark mode only, of course, and currently only when
using X).

* Changes in version 19.8.

** It is now simpler to tell Emacs to display accented characters under
X windows.  M-x standard-display-european toggles the display of
buffer text according to the ISO Latin-1 standard.  With a prefix
argument, this command enables European character display iff the
argument is positive.

** The `-i' command-line argument tells Emacs to use a picture of the
GNU gnu as its icon, instead of letting the window manager choose an
icon for it.  This option used to insert a file into the current
buffer; use `-insert' to do that now.

** The `configure' script now supports `--prefix' and `--exec-prefix'
options.

The `--prefix=PREFIXDIR' option specifies where the installation process
should put emacs and its data files.  This defaults to `/usr/local'.
- Emacs (and the other utilities users run) go in PREFIXDIR/bin
  (unless the `--exec-prefix' option says otherwise).
- The architecture-independent files go in PREFIXDIR/lib/emacs/VERSION
  (where VERSION is the version number of Emacs, like `19.7').
- The architecture-dependent files go in
  PREFIXDIR/lib/emacs/VERSION/CONFIGURATION
  (where CONFIGURATION is the configuration name, like mips-dec-ultrix4.2),
  unless the `--exec-prefix' option says otherwise.

The `--exec-prefix=EXECDIR' option allows you to specify a separate
portion of the directory tree for installing architecture-specific
files, like executables and utility programs.  If specified,
- Emacs (and the other utilities users run) go in EXECDIR/bin, and
- The architecture-dependent files go in
  EXECDIR/lib/emacs/VERSION/CONFIGURATION.
EXECDIR/bin should be a directory that is normally in users' PATHs.

** When running under X, the new lisp function `x-list-fonts'
allows code to find out which fonts are available from the X server.
The first argument PATTERN is a string, perhaps with wildcard characters;
  the * character matches any substring, and
  the ? character matches any single character.
  PATTERN is case-insensitive.
If the optional arguments FACE and FRAME are specified, then
`x-list-fonts' returns only fonts the same size as FACE on FRAME.



* Changes in version 19.

** When you kill buffers, Emacs now returns memory to the operating system,
thus reducing the size of the Emacs process.  All the space that you free
up by killing buffers can now be reused for other buffers no matter what
their sizes, or reused by other processes if Emacs doesn't need it.

** Emacs now does garbage collection and auto saving while it is waiting
for input, which often avoids the need to do these things while you
are typing.

The variable `auto-save-timeout' says how many seconds Emacs should
wait, after you stop typing, before it does an auto save and a garbage
collection.

** If auto saving detects that a buffer has shrunk greatly, it refrains
from auto saving that buffer and displays a warning.  Now it also turns
off Auto Save mode in that buffer, so that you won't get the same
warning again.

If you reenable Auto Save mode in that buffer, Emacs will start saving
it again with no further warnings.

** A new minor mode called Line Number mode displays the current line
number in the mode line, updating it as necessary when you move
point.

However, if the buffer is very large (larger than the value of
`line-number-display-limit'), then the line number doesn't appear.
This is because computing the line number can be painfully slow if the
buffer is very large.

** You can quit while Emacs is waiting to read or write files.

** The arrow keys now have default bindings to move in the appropriate
directions. 

** You can suppress next-line's habit of inserting a newline when
called at the end of a buffer by setting next-line-add-newlines to nil
(it defaults to t).

** You can now get back recent minibuffer inputs conveniently.  While
in the minibuffer, type M-p to fetch the next earlier minibuffer
input, and use M-n to fetch the next later input.

There are also commands to search forward or backward through the
history for history elements that match a regular expression.  M-r
searches older elements in the history, while M-s searches newer
elements.  By special dispensation, these commands can always use the
minibuffer to read their arguments even though you are already in the
minibuffer when you issue them.

The history feature is available for all uses of the minibuffer, but
there are separate history lists for different kinds of input.  For
example, there is a list for file names, used by all the commands that
read file names.  There is a list for arguments of commands like
`query-replace'.  There are also very specific history lists, such
as the one that `compile' uses for compilation commands.

** You can now display text in a mixture of fonts and colors, using the
"face" feature, together with the overlay and text property features.
See the Emacs Lisp manual for details.  The Emacs Users Manual describes
how to change the colors and font of standard predefined faces.

** You can refer to files on other machines using special file name syntax:

/HOST:FILENAME
/USER@@HOST:FILENAME

When you do this, Emacs uses the FTP program to read and write files on
the specified host.  It logs in through FTP using your user name or the
name USER.  It may ask you for a password from time to time; this
is used for logging in on HOST.

** Some C-x key bindings have been moved onto new prefix keys.

C-x r is a prefix for registers and rectangles.
C-x n is a prefix for narrowing.
C-x a is a prefix for abbrev commands.

C-x r C-SPC
C-x r SPC	point-to-register    (Was C-x /)
C-x r j		jump-to-register     (Was C-x j)
C-x r s		copy-to-register     (Was C-x x)
C-x r i		insert-register      (Was C-x g)
C-x r r		copy-rectangle-to-register  (Was C-x r)
C-x r k		kill-rectangle
C-x r y		yank-rectangle
C-x r o		open-rectangle
C-x r f		frame-configuration-to-register
		  (This saves the state of all windows in all frames.)
C-x r w		window-configuration-to-register
		  (This saves the state of all windows in the selected  frame.)

(Use C-x r j to restore a configuration saved with C-x r f or C-x r w.)

C-x n n		narrow-to-region	(Was C-x n)
C-x n p		narrow-to-page		(Was C-x p)
C-x n w		widen			(Was C-x w)

C-x a l		add-mode-abbrev		(Was C-x C-a)
C-x a g		add-global-abbrev	(Was C-x +)
C-x a i l	inverse-add-mode-abbrev	(Was C-x C-h)
C-x a i g	inverse-add-global-abbrev  (Was C-x -)
C-x a e		expand-abbrev		(Was C-x ')

(The old key bindings C-x /, C-x j, C-x x and C-x g
have not yet been removed.)
d1571 1
a1571 2
** You can put a file name in a register to be able to visit the file
quickly.  Do this:
d1573 3
a1575 1
   (set-register ?CHAR '(file . NAME))
d1577 1
a1577 886
where NAME is the file name as a string.  Then C-x r j CHAR finds that
file.

This is useful for files that you need to visit frequently,
but that you don't want to keep in buffers all the time.

** The keys M-g (fill-region) and C-x a (append-to-buffer)
have been eliminated.

** The new command `string-rectangle' inserts a specified string on
each line of the region-rectangle.

** C-x 4 r is now `find-file-read-only-other-window'.

** C-x 4 C-o is now `display-buffer', which displays a specified buffer
in another window without selecting it.

** Picture mode has been substantially improved.  The picture editing commands
now arrange for automatic horizontal scrolling to keep point visible
when editing a wide buffer with truncate-lines on.  Picture-mode
initialization now does a better job of rebinding standard commands;
it finds not just their normal keybindings, but any function keys
attached to them.

** If you enable Transient Mark mode, then the mark becomes "inactive"
after every command that modifies the buffer.  While the mark is
active, the region is highlighted (under X, at least).  Most commands
that use the mark give an error if the mark is inactive, but you can
use C-x C-x to make it active again.  This feature is also sometimes
known as "Zmacs mode".

** Outline mode is now available as a minor mode.  This minor mode can
combine with any major mode; it substitutes the C-c commands of
Outline mode for those of the major mode.  Use M-x outline-minor-mode
to enable and disable the new mode.

M-x outline-mode is unchanged; it still switches to Outline mode as a
major mode.

** The default setting of `version-control' comes from the environment
variable VERSION_CONTROL.

** The user option for controlling whether files can set local
variables is now called `enable-local-variables'.  A value of t means
local-variables lists are obeyed; nil means they are ignored; anything
else means query the user.

The user option for controlling use of the `eval' local variable is
now called is `enable-local-eval'; its values are interpreted like
those of `enable-local-variables'.

** X Window System changes:

C-x 5 C-f and C-x 5 b switch to a specified file or buffer in a new
frame.  Likewise, C-x 5 m starts outgoing mail in another frame, and
C-x 5 . finds a tag in another frame.

When you are using X, C-z now iconifies the selected frame.

Emacs can now exchange text with other X applications.  Killing or
copying text in Emacs now makes that text available for pasting into
other X applications.  The Emacs yanking commands now insert the
latest selection set by other applications, and add the text to the
kill ring.  The Emacs commands for selecting and inserting text with
the mouse now use the kill ring in the same way the keyboard killing
and yanking commands do.

The option to specify the title for the initial frame is now `-name NAME'.
There is currently no way to specify an icon title; perhaps we will add
one in the future.

** Undoing a deletion now puts point back where it was before the
deletion.

** The variables that control how much undo information to save have
been renamed to `undo-limit' and `undo-strong-limit'.  They used to be
called `undo-threshold' and `undo-high-threshold'.

** You can now use kill commands in read-only buffers.  They don't
actually change the buffer, and Emacs will beep and warn you that the
buffer is read-only, but they do copy the text you tried to kill into
the kill ring, so you can yank it into other buffers.

** C-o inserts the fill-prefix on the newly created line.  The command
M-^ deletes the prefix (if it occurs) after the newline that it
deletes.

** C-M-l now runs the command `reposition-window'.  It scrolls the
window heuristically in a way designed to get useful information onto
the screen.

** C-M-r is now reverse incremental regexp search.

** M-z now kills through the target character.  In version 18, it
killed up to but not including the target character.

** M-! now runs the specified shell command asynchronously if it
ends in `&' (just as the shell does).

** C-h C-f and C-h C-k are new help commands that display the Info
node for a given Emacs function name or key sequence, respectively.

** The C-h p command system lets you find Emacs Lisp packages by
topic keywords.  Here is a partial list of package categories:

abbrev	      abbreviation handling, typing shortcuts, macros
bib	      code related to the bib bibliography processor
c	      C and C++ language support
calendar      calendar and time management support
comm	      communications, networking, remote access to files
docs	      support for Emacs documentation
emulations    emulations of other editors
extensions    Emacs Lisp language extensions
games	      games, jokes and amusements
hardware      support for interfacing with exotic hardware
help	      support for on-line help systems
i14n	      internationalization and alternate character-set support
internal      code for Emacs internals, build process, defaults
languages     specialized modes for editing programming languages
lisp	      Lisp support, including Emacs Lisp
local	      code local to your site
maint	      maintenance aids for the Emacs development group
mail	      modes for electronic-mail handling
news	      support for netnews reading and posting
processes     process, subshell, compilation, and job control support
terminals     support for terminal types
tex	      code related to the TeX formatter
tools	      programming tools
unix	      front-ends/assistants for, or emulators of, UNIX features
vms	      support code for vms
wp	      word processing

More will be added soon.

** The command to split a window into two side-by-side windows is now
C-x 3.  It was C-x 5.

** M-. (find-tag) no longer has any effect on what M-, will do
subsequently.  You can no longer use M-, to find the next similar tag;
you must use M-. with a prefix argument, instead.

The motive for this change is so that you can more reliably use
M-, to resume a suspended `tags-search' or `tags-query-replace'.

** C-x s (`save-some-buffers') now gives you more options when it asks
whether to save a particular buffer.  In addition to `y' or `n', you
can answer `!' to save all the remaining buffers, `.' to save this
buffer but not save any others, ESC to stop saving and exit the
command, and C-h to get help.  These options are analogous to those 
of `query-replace'.

** M-x make-symbolic-link does not expand its first argument.
This lets you make a link with a target that is a relative file name.

** M-x add-change-log-entry and C-x 4 a now automatically insert the
name of the file and often the name of the function that you changed.
They also handle grouping of entries.

There is now a special major mode for editing ChangeLog files.  It
makes filling work conveniently.  Each bunch of grouped entries is one
paragraph, and each collection of entries from one person on one day
is considered a page.

** The `comment-region' command adds comment delimiters to the lines that
start in the region, thus commenting them out.  With a negative argument,
it deletes comment delimiters from the lines in the region--this cancels
the effect of `comment-region' without an argument.

With a positive argument, `comment-region' adds comment delimiters
but duplicates the last character of the comment start sequence as many
times as the argument specifies.  This is a way of calling attention to
the comment.  In Lisp, you should use an argument at least two, because
the indentation convention for single semicolon comments does not leave
them at the beginning of a line.

** If `split-window-keep-point' is non-nil, C-x 2 tries to avoid
shifting any text on the screen by putting point in whichever window
happens to contain the screen line the cursor is already on.
The default is that `split-window-keep-point' is non-nil on slow
terminals.

** M-x super-apropos is like M-x apropos except that it searches both
Lisp symbol names and documentation strings for matches.  It describes
every symbol that has a match in either the symbol's name or its
documentation.

Both M-x apropos and M-x super-apropos take an optional second
argument DO-ALL which controls the more expensive part of the job.
This includes looking up and printing the key bindings of all
commands.  It also includes checking documentation strings in
super-apropos.  DO-ALL is nil by default; use a prefix arg to make it
non-nil.

** M-x revert-buffer no longer offers to revert from a recent auto-save
file unless you give it a prefix argument.  Otherwise it always
reverts from the real file regardless of whether there has been an
auto-save since thenm.  (Reverting from the auto-save file is no longer
very useful now that the undo capacity is larger.)

** M-x recover-file no longer turns off Auto Save mode when it reads
the last Auto Save file.

** M-x rename-buffer, if you give it a prefix argument,
avoids errors by modifying the new name to make it unique.

** M-x rename-uniquely renames the current buffer to a similar name
with a numeric suffix added to make it both different and unique.

One use of this command is for creating multiple shell buffers.
If you rename your shell buffer, and then do M-x shell again, it
makes a new shell buffer.  This method is also good for mail buffers,
compilation buffers, and any Emacs feature which creates a special
buffer with a particular name.

** M-x compare-windows with a prefix argument ignores changes in whitespace.
If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, then differences in case are also
ignored.

** `backward-paragraph' is now bound to M-{ by default, and `forward-paragraph'
to M-}.  Originally, these commands were bound to M-[ and M-], but they were
running into conflicts with the use of function keys.  On many terminals,
function keys send a sequence beginning ESC-[, so many users have defined this
as a prefix key.

** C-x C-u (upcase-region) and C-x C-l (downcase-region) are now disabled by
default; these commands seem to be often hit by accident, and can be
quite destructive if their effects are not noticed immediately.

** The function `erase-buffer' is now interactive, but disabled by default.

** When visiting a new file, Emacs attempts to abbreviate the file's
path using the symlinks listed in `directory-abbrev-alist'.

** When you visit the same file in under two names that translate into
the same name once symbolic links are handled, Emacs warns you that
you have two buffers for the same file.

** If you wish to avoid visiting the same file in two buffers under
different names, set the variable `find-file-existing-other-name'
non-nil.  Then `find-file' uses the existing buffer visiting the file,
no matter which of the file's names you specify.

** If you set `find-file-visit-truename' non-nil, then the file name
recorded for a buffer is the file's truename (in which all symbolic
links have been removed), rather than the name you specify.  Setting
`find-file-visit-truename' also implies the effect of
`find-file-existing-other-name'.

** C-x C-v now inserts the entire current file name in the minibuffer.
This is convenient if you made a small mistake in typing it.  Point
goes after the last slash, before the last file name component, so if
you want to replace it entirely, you can use C-k right away to delete
it.

** Commands such as C-M-f in Lisp mode now ignore parentheses within comments.

** C-x q now uses ESC to terminate all iterations of the keyboard
macro, rather than C-d as before.

** Use the command `setenv' to set an individual environment variable
for Emacs subprocesses.  Specify a variable name and a value, both as
strings.  This command applies only to subprocesses yet to be
started.

** Use `rot13-other-window' to examine a buffer with rot13.

This command does not change the text in the buffer.  Instead, it
creates a window with a funny display table that applies the code when
displaying the text.

** The command `M-x version' now prints the current Emacs version; The
`version' command is an alias for the `emacs-version' command.

** More complex changes in existing packages.

*** `fill-nonuniform-paragraphs' is a new command, much like
`fill-individual-paragraphs' except that only separator lines separate
paragraphs.  Since this means that the lines of one paragraph may have
different amounts of indentation, the fill prefix used is the smallest
amount of indentation of any of the lines of the paragraph.

*** Filling is now partially controlled by a new minor mode, Adaptive
Fill mode.  When this mode is enabled (and it is enabled by default),
if you use M-x fill-region-as-paragraph on an indented paragraph and
you don't have a fill prefix, it uses the indentation of the second
line of the paragraph as the fill prefix.

Adaptive Fill mode doesn't have much effect on M-q in most major
modes, because an indented line will probably count as a paragraph
starter and thus each line of an indented paragraph will be considered
a paragraph of its own.

*** M-q in C mode now runs `c-fill-paragraph', which is designed
for filling C comments.  (We assume you don't want to fill
the code in a C program.)

*** M-$ now runs the Ispell program instead of the Unix spell program.

M-$ starts an Ispell process the first time you use it.  But the process
stays alive, so that subsequent uses of M-$ run very fast.
If you want to get rid of the process, use M-x kill-ispell.

To check the entire current buffer, use M-x ispell-buffer.
Use M-x ispell-region to check just the current region.

Ispell commands often involve interactive replacement of words.
You can interrupt the interactive replacement with C-g.
You can restart it again afterward with C-u M-$.

During interactive replacement, you can type the following characters:

a	Accept this word this time.
DIGIT	Replace the word (this time) with one of the displayed near-misses.
	The digit you use says which near-miss to use.
i	Insert this word in your private dictionary
	  so that Ispell will consider it correct it from now on.
r	Replace the word this time with a string typed by you.

When the Ispell process starts, it reads your private dictionary which
is the file `~/ispell.words'.  If you "insert" words with the `i' command,
these words are added to that file, but not right away--only at the end
of the interactive replacement process.

Use M-x reload-ispell to reload your private dictionary from
`~/ispell.words' if you edit it outside of Ispell.

** Changes in existing modes.

*** gdb-mode has been replaced by gud-mode.

The package gud.el (Grand Unified Debugger) replaces gdb.el in Emacs
19.  It provides a gdb.el-like interface to any of three debuggers;
gdb itself, the sdb debugger supported on some Unix systems, or the
dbx debugger on Berkeley systems.

   You start it up with one of the commands M-x gdb, M-x sdb, or
M-x dbx.  Each entry point finishes by executing a hook; gdb-mode-hook,
sdb-mode-hook or dbx-mode-hook respectively.

These bindings have changed:
C-x C-a >	gud-down			(was M-d)
C-x C-a <	gud-up				(was M-u)
C-x C-a C-r	gud-cont			(was M-c)
C-x C-a C-n	gud-next			(was M-n)
C-x C-a C-s	gud-step			(was M-s)
C-x C-a C-i 	gud-stepi			(was M-i)
C-x C-a C-l	gud-recenter			(was C-l)
C-d		comint-delchar-or-maybe-eof	(was C-c C-d)

These bindings have been removed:
C-c C-r		(was comint-show-output; now gud-cont)

Since GUD mode uses comint, it uses comint's input history commands,
superseding C-c C-y (copy-last-shell-input):
  M-p		comint-next-input
  M-n		comint-previous-input
  M-r		comint-previous-similar-input
  M-s		comint-next-similar-input
  M-C-r		comint-previous-input-matching

The C-x C-a bindings are also active in source files.

*** The old TeX mode bindings of M-{ and M-} have been moved to C-c {
and C-c }.  (These commands are `up-list' and `tex-insert-braces';
they are the TeX equivalents of M-( and M-).)  This is because M-{ 
and M-} are now globally defined commands.

*** Changes in Mail mode.

`%' is now a word-separator character in Mail mode.

`mail-signature', if non-nil, tells M-x mail to insert your
`.signature' file automatically.  If you don't want your signature in
a particular message, just delete it before you send the message.

You can specify the text to insert at the beginning of each line when
you use C-c C-y to yank the message you are replying to.  Set
`mail-yank-prefix' to the desired string.  A value of `nil' (the
default) means to use indentation, as in Emacs 18.  If you use just
C-u as the prefix argument to C-c C-y, then it does not insert
anything at the beginning of the lines, regardless of the value of
`mail-yank-prefix'.

If you like, you can expand mail aliases as abbrevs, as soon as you
type them in.  To enable this feature, execute the following:

    (add-hook 'mail-setup-hook 'mail-abbrevs-setup)

This can go in your .emacs file.

Word abbrevs don't expand unless you insert a word-separator character
afterward.  Any mail aliases that you didn't expand at insertion time
are expanded subsequently when you send the message.

*** Changes in Rmail.

Rmail by default gets new mail only from the system inbox file,
not from `~/mbox'.

In Rmail, you can retry sending a message that failed
by typing `M-m' on the failure message.

By contrast, another new command M-x rmail-resend is used for
forwarding a message and marking it as "resent from" you
with header fields "Resent-From:" and "Resent-To:".

`e' is now the command to edit a message.
To expunge, type `x'.  We know this will surprise people
some of the time, but the surprise will not be disastrous--if
you type `e' meaning to expunge, just turn off editing with C-c C-c
and then type `x'.

Another new Rmail command is `<', which moves to the first message.
This is for symmetry with `>'.

Use the `b' command to bury the Rmail buffer and its summary buffer,
if any, removing both of them from display on the screen.

The variable `rmail-output-file-alist' now controls the default
for the file to output a message to.

In the Rmail summary buffer, all cursor motion commands select
the message you move to.  It's really neat when you use
incremental search.

You can now issue most Rmail commands from an Rmail summary buffer.
The commands do the same thing in that buffer that they do in the
Rmail buffer.  They apply to the message that is selected in the Rmail
buffer, which is always the one described by the current summary
line.

Conversely, motion and deletion commands in the Rmail buffer also
update the summary buffer.  If you set the variable
`rmail-redisplay-summary' to a non-nil value, then they bring the
summary buffer (if one exists) back onto the screen.

C-M-t is a new command to make a summary by topic.  It uses regexp
matching against just the subjects of the messages to decide which
messages to show in the summary.

You can easily convert an Rmail file to system mailbox format with the
command `unrmail'.  This command reads two arguments, the name of
the Rmail file to convert, and the name of the new mailbox file.
(This command does not change the Rmail file itself.)

Rmail now handles Content Length fields in messages.

*** `mail-extract-address-components' unpacks mail addresses.
It takes an address as a string (the contents of the From field, for
example) and returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME
CANONICAL-ADDRESS).

*** Changes in C mode and C-related commands.

**** M-x c-up-conditional

In C mode, `c-up-conditional' moves back to the containing
preprocessor conditional, setting the mark where point was
previously.

A prefix argument acts as a repeat count.  With a negative argument,
this command moves forward to the end of the containing preprocessor
conditional.  When going backwards, `#elif' acts like `#else' followed
by `#if'.  When going forwards, `#elif' is ignored.

**** In C mode, M-a and M-e are now defined as
`c-beginning-of-statement' and `c-end-of-statement'.

**** In C mode, M-x c-backslash-region is a new command to insert or
align `\' characters at the ends of the lines of the region, except
for the last such line.  This is useful after writing or editing a C
macro definition.

If a line already ends in `\', this command adjusts the amount of
whitespace before it.  Otherwise, it inserts a new `\'.

*** New features in info.

When Info looks for an Info file, it searches the directories
in `Info-directory-list'.  This makes it easy to install the Info files
that come with various packages.  You can specify the path with
the environment variable INFOPATH.

There are new commands in Info mode.

`]' now moves forward a node, going up and down levels as needed.
`[' is similar but moves backward.  These two commands try to traverse
the entire Info tree, node by node.  They are the equivalent of reading
a printed manual sequentially.

`<' moves to the top node of the current Info file.
`>' moves to the last node of the file.

SPC scrolls through the current node; at the end, it advances to the
next node in depth-first order (like `]').

DEL scrolls backwards in the current node; at the end, it moves to the
previous node in depth-first order (like `[').

After a menu select, the info `up' command now restores point in the
menu.  The combination of this and the previous two changes means that
repeated SPC keystrokes do the right (depth-first traverse forward) thing.

`i STRING RET' moves to the node associated with STRING in the index
or indices of this manual.  If there is more than one match for
STRING, the `i' command finds the first match.

`,' finds the next match for the string in the previous `i' command

If you click the middle mouse button near a cross-reference,
menu item or node pointer while in Info, you will go to the node
which is referenced.

*** Changes in M-x compile.

You can repeat any previous compilation command conveniently using the
minibuffer history commands, while in the minibuffer entering the
compilation command.

While a compilation is going on, the string `Compiling' appears in
the mode line.  When this string disappears, that tells you the
compilation is finished.

The buffer of compiler messages is in Compilation mode.  This mode
provides the keys SPC and DEL to scroll by screenfuls, and M-n and M-p
to move to the next or previous error message.  You can also use C-c
C-c on any error message to find the corresponding source code.

Emacs 19 has a more general parser for compiler messages.  For example, it
can understand messages from lint, and from certain C compilers whose error
message format is unusual.  Also, it only parses until it sees the error
message you want; you never have to wait a long time to see the first
error, no matter how big the buffer is.

*** M-x diff and M-x diff-backup.

This new command compares two files, displaying the differences in an
Emacs buffer.  The options for the `diff' program come from the
variable `diff-switches', whose value should be a string.

The buffer of differences has Compilation mode as its major mode, so you
can use C-x ` to visit successive changed locations in the two
source files, or you can move to a particular hunk of changes and type
C-c C-c to move to the corresponding source.  You can also use the
other special commands of Compilation mode: SPC and DEL for
scrolling, and M-n and M-p for cursor motion.

M-x diff-backup compares a file with its most recent backup.
If you specify the name of a backup file, `diff-backup' compares it
with the source file that it is a backup of.

*** The View commands (such as M-x view-buffer and M-x view-file) no
longer use recursive edits; instead, they switch temporarily to a
different major mode (View mode) specifically designed for moving
around through a buffer without editing it.

*** Changes in incremental search.

**** The character to terminate an incremental search is now RET.
This is for compatibility with the way most other arguments are read.

To search for a newline in an incremental search, type LFD (also known
as C-j).

**** Incremental search now maintains a ring of previous search
strings.  Use M-p and M-n to move through the ring to pick a search
string to reuse.  These commands leave the selected search ring
element in the minibuffer, where you can edit it.  Type C-s or C-r to
finish editing and search for the chosen string.

**** If you type an upper case letter in incremental search, that turns
off case-folding, so that you get a case-sensitive search.

**** If you type a space during regexp incremental search, it matches
any sequence of whitespace characters.  If you want to match just a space,
type C-q SPC.

**** Incremental search is now implemented as a major mode.  When you
type C-s, it switches temporarily to a different keymap which defines
each key to do what it ought to do for incremental search.  This has
next to no effect on the user-visible behavior of searching, but makes
it easier to customize that behavior.

Emacs 19 eliminates the old variables `search-...-char' that used to
be the way to specify the characters to use for various special
purposes in incremental search.  Instead, you can define the meaning
of a character in incremental search by modifying `isearch-mode-map'.

*** New commands in Buffer Menu mode.

The command C-o now displays the current line's buffer in another
window but does not select it.  This is like the existing command `o'
which selects the current line's buffer in another window.

The command % toggles the read-only flag of the current line's buffer.

The way to switch to a set of several buffers, including those marked
with m, is now v.  The q command simply quits, replacing the buffer
menu buffer with the buffer that was displayed previously.

** New major modes and packages.

*** The news reader GNUS is now installed.

*** There is a new interface for version control systems, called VC.
It works with both RCS and SCCS; in fact, you don't really have to
know which one of them is being used, because it automatically deals
with either one.

Most of the time, the only command you have to know about is C-x C-q.
This command normally toggles the read-only flag of the current
buffer.  If the buffer is visiting a file that is maintained with a
version control system, the command still toggles read-only, but does
so by checking the file in or checking it out.

When you check a file in, VC asks you for a log entry by popping up a
buffer.  Edit the entry there, then type C-c C-c when it is ready.
That's when the actual checkin happens.  If you change your mind about
the checkin, simply switch buffers and don't ever go back to the log
buffer.

To start using version control for a file, use the command C-x v v.
This works like C-x C-q (performing the next logical version-control
operation needed to change the file's writability) but it will also
perform initial checkin on an unregistered file.

By default, VC uses RCS if RCS is installed on your machine;
otherwise, SCCS.  If you want to make the choice explicitly, you can do
it by setting `vc-default-back-end' to the symbol `RCS' or the symbol
`SCCS'.

You can tell when a file you visit is maintained with version control
because either `RCS' or `SCCS' appears in the mode line.

*** A new Calendar mode has been added, the work of Edward M. Reingold.
The mode can display the Gregorian calendar and a variety of other
calendars at any date, and interacts with a diary facility similar to
the UNIX `calendar' utility.

*** There is a new major mode for editing binary files: Hexl mode.
To use it, use M-x hexl-find-file instead of C-x C-f to visit the file.
This command converts the file's contents to hexadecimal and lets you
edit the translation.  When you save the file, it is converted 
automatically back to binary.

You can also use M-x hexl-mode to translate an existing buffer into hex.
Do this if you have already visited a binary file.  

Hexl mode has a few other commands:

C-M-d	insert a byte with a code typed in decimal.
C-M-o	insert a byte with a code typed in octal.
C-M-x	insert a byte with a code typed in hex.

C-x [   move to the beginning of a 1k-byte "page".
C-x ]   move to the end of a 1k-byte "page".

M-g     go to an address specified in hex.
M-j	go to an address specified in decimal.

C-c C-c	leave hexl mode and go back to the previous major mode.

*** Miscellaneous new major modes include Awk mode, Icon mode, Makefile
mode, Perl mode and SGML mode.

*** Edebug, a new source-level debugger for Emacs Lisp functions.

To use Edebug, use the command M-x edebug-defun to "evaluate" a
function definition in an Emacs Lisp file.  We put "evaluate" in
quotation marks because it doesn't just evaluate the function, it also
inserts additional information to support source-level debugging.

You must also do

    (setq debugger 'edebug-debug)

to cause errors and single-stepping to use Edebug instead of the usual
Emacs Lisp debugger.

For more information, see the Edebug manual, which should be included
in the Emacs distribution.

*** C++ mode is like C mode, except that it understands C++ comment syntax
and certain other differences between C and C++.  It also has a command
`fill-c++-comment' which fills a paragraph made of comment lines.

The command `comment-region' is useful in C++ mode for commenting out
several consecutive lines, or removing the commenting out of such lines.

*** A new package for merging two variants of the same text.

It's not unusual for programmers to get their signals crossed and
modify the same program in two different directions.  Then somebody
has to merge the two versions.  The command `emerge-files' makes this
easier.

`emerge-files' reads two file names and compares them.  Then it
displays three buffers: one for each file, and one for the
differences.

If the original version of the file is available, you can make things
even easier using `emerge-files-with-ancestor'.  It reads three file
names--variant 1, variant 2, and the common ancestor--and uses diff3
to compare them.

You control the merging interactively.  The main loop of Emerge
consists of showing you one set of differences, asking you what to do
about them, and doing it.  You have a choice of two modes for giving
directions to Emerge: "fast" mode and "edit" mode.

In Fast mode, Emerge commands are single characters, and ordinary
Emacs commands are disabled.  This makes Emerge operations fast, but
prevents you from doing more than selecting the A or the B version of
differences.  In Edit mode, all emerge commands use the C-c prefix,
and the usual Emacs commands are available.  This allows editing the
merge buffer, but slows down Emerge operations.  Edit and fast modes
are indicated by `F' and `E' in the minor modes in the mode line.

The Emerge commands are:

	p	go to the previous difference
	n	go to the next difference
	a	select the A version of this difference
	b	select the B version of this difference
	j	go to a particular difference (prefix argument
		specifies which difference) (0j suppresses display of
		the flags)
	q	quit - finish the merge*
	f	go into fast mode
	e	go into edit mode
	l	recenter (C-l) all three windows*
	- and 0 through 9
		prefix numeric arguments
	d a	select the A version as the default from here down in
		the merge buffer*
	d b	select the B version as the default from here down in
		the merge buffer*
	c a	copy the A version of the difference into the kill
		ring
	c b	copy the B version of the difference into the kill
		ring
	i a	insert the A version of the difference at the point
	i b	insert the B version of the difference at the point
	m	put the point and mark around the difference region
	^	scroll-down (like M-v) the three windows*
	v	scroll-up (like C-v) the three windows*
	<	scroll-left (like C-x <) the three windows*
	>	scroll-right (like C-x >) the three windows*
	|	reset horizontal scroll on the three windows*
	x 1	shrink the merge window to one line (use C-u l to restore it
		to full size)
	x a	find the difference containing a location in the A buffer*
	x b	find the difference containing a location in the B buffer*
	x c	combine the two versions of this difference*
	x C	combine the two versions of this difference, using a
		register's value as the template*
	x d	find the difference containing a location in the merge buffer*
	x f	show the files/buffers Emerge is operating on in Help window
		(use C-u l to restore windows)
	x j	join this difference with the following one
		(C-u x j joins this difference with the previous one)
	x l	show line numbers of points in A, B, and merge buffers
	x m	change major mode of merge buffer*
	x s	split this difference into two differences
		(first position the point in all three buffers to the places
		to split the difference)
	x t	trim identical lines off top and bottom of difference
		(such lines occur when the A and B versions are
		identical but differ from the ancestor version)
	x x	set the template for the x c command*

Normally, the merged output goes back in the first file specified.
If you use a prefix argument, Emerge reads another file name to use
for the output file.

Once Emerge has prepared the buffer of differences, it runs the hooks
in `emerge-startup-hooks'.

*** Asm mode is a new major mode for editing files of assembler code.
It defines these commands:

TAB	tab-to-tab-stop.
LFD	Insert a newline and then indent using tab-to-tab-stop.
:	Insert a colon and then remove the indentation
	from before the label preceding colon.  Then tab-to-tab-stop.
;	Insert or align a comment.

*** Two-column mode lets you conveniently edit two side-by-side columns
of text.  It works using two side-by-side windows, each showing its
own buffer.

Here are three ways to enter two-column mode:

C-x 6 2 makes the current buffer into the left-hand buffer.  In the
right-hand window it puts a buffer whose name is based on the current
buffer's name.

C-x 6 b BUFFER RET makes the current buffer into the left-hand buffer,
and uses buffer BUFFER as the right-hand buffer.

C-x 6 s splits the current buffer, which contains two-column text,
into two side-by-side buffers.  The old current buffer becomes the
left-hand buffer, but the text in the right column is moved into the
right-hand buffer.  The current column specifies the split point.
Splitting starts with the current line and continues to the end of the
buffer.

C-x 6 s takes a prefix argument which specifies how many characters
before point constitute the column separator.  (The default argument
is 1, as usual, so by default the column separator is the character
before point.)  Lines that don't have the column separator at the
proper place remain unsplit; they stay in the left-hand buffer, and
the right-hand buffer gets an empty line to correspond.

You can scroll both buffers together using C-x 6 SPC (scroll up), C-x
6 DEL (scroll down), and C-x 6 RET (scroll up one line).  C-x 6 C-l
recenters both buffers together.

If you want to make a line which will span both columns, put it in
the left-hand buffer, with an empty line in the corresponding place in
the right-hand buffer.

When you have edited both buffers as you wish, merge them with C-x 6
1.  This copies the text from the right-hand buffer as a second column
in the other buffer.  To go back to two-column editing, use C-x 6 s.

Use C-x 6 d to disassociate the two buffers, leaving each as it
stands.  (If the other buffer, the one that was not current when you
type C-x 6 d, is empty, C-x 6 d kills it.)

*** You can supply command arguments such as files to visit to an Emacs
that is already running.  To do this, you must do this in your .emacs
file:
   (add-hook 'suspend-hook 'resume-suspend-hook)
Also you must use the shellscript emacs.csh or emacs.sh, found in the
etc subdirectory.

*** Shell mode has been completely replaced.
The basic idea is the same, but there are new commands available in
this mode.
      
TAB now completes the file name before point in the shell buffer.
To get a list of all possible completions, type M-?.

There is a new convenient history mechanism for repeating previous
commands.  Use the command M-p to recall the last command; it copies
the text of that command to the place where you are editing.  If you
repeat M-p, it replaces the copied command with the previous command.
M-n is similar but goes in the opposite direction towards the present.
When you find the command you wanted, you can edit it, or just
resubmit it by typing RET.

You can also use M-r and M-s to search for (respectively) earlier or 
later inputs starting with a given string.  First type the string, 
then type M-r to yank a previous input from the history which starts
with that string.  You can repeat M-r to find successively earlier
inputs starting with the same string.  You can start moving in the
opposite direction (toward more recent inputs) by typing M-s instead
of M-r.  As long as you don't use any commands except M-r and M-s,
they keep using the same string that you had entered initially.

C-c C-o kills the last batch of output from a shell command.  This is
useful if a shell command spews out lots of output that just gets in
the way.

C-c C-r scrolls to display the beginning of the last batch of output
at the top of the window; it also moves the cursor there.

C-a on a line that starts with a shell prompt moves to the end of the
prompt, not to the very beginning of the line.

C-d typed at the end of the shell buffer sends EOF to the subshell.
At any other position in the buffer, it deletes a character as usual.

If Emacs gets confused while trying to track changes in the shell's
current directory, type M-x dirs to re-synchronize.

M-x send-invisible reads a line of text without echoing it, and
sends it to the shell.

If you accidentally suspend your process, use M-x comint-continue-subjob 
to continue it.
         
*** There is now a convenient way to enable flow control on terminals
where you can't win without it.  Suppose you want to do this on
VT-100 and H19 terminals; put the following in your `.emacs' file:
d1579 3
a1581 6
   (enable-flow-control-on "vt100" "h19")

When flow control is enabled, you must type C-\ to get the effect of a
C-s, and type C-^ to get the effect of a C-q.

The function `enable-flow-control' enables flow control unconditionally.
d1583 1
a1583 69
** Changes in Dired

Dired has many new features which allow you to do these things:

- Rename, copy, or make links to many files at once.

- Make distinguishable types of marks for different operations.

- Display contents of subdirectories in the same Dired buffer as the
parent directory.

*** Setting and Clearing Marks

There are now two kinds of marker that you can put on a file in Dired:
`D' for deletion, and `*' for any other kind of operation.
The `x' command deletes only files marked with `D', and most
other Dired commands operate only on the files marked with `*'.

To mark files with `D' (also called "flagging" the files), you
can use `d' as usual.  Here are some commands for marking with
`*' (and also for unmarking):

**** `m' marks the current file with `*', for an operation other than
deletion.

**** `*' marks all executable files.  With a prefix argument, it
unmarks all those files.

**** `@@' marks all symbolic links.  With a prefix argument, it unmarks
all those files.

**** `/' marks all directory files except `.' and `..'.  With a prefix
argument, it unmarks all those files.

**** M-DEL removes a specific or all marks from every file.  With an
argument, queries for each marked file.  Type your help character,
usually C-h, at that time for help.

**** `c' replaces all marks that use the character OLD with marks that
use the character NEW.  You can use almost any character as a mark
character by means of this command, to distinguish various classes of
files.  If OLD is ` ', then the command operates on all unmarked
files; if NEW is ` ', then the command unmarks the files it acts on.

*** Operating on Multiple Files

The Dired commands to operate directly on files (rename them, copy
them, and so on) have been generalized to work on multiple files.
There are also some additional commands in this series.

All of these commands use the same convention to decide which files to
manipulate:

- If you give the command a numeric prefix argument @@var{n}, it operates
on the next @@var{n} files, starting with the current file.

- Otherwise, if there are marked files, the commands operate on all the
marked files.

- Otherwise, the command operates on the current file only.

These are the commands:

**** `C' copies the specified files.  You must specify a directory to
copy into, or (if copying a single file) a new name.

If `dired-copy-preserve-time' is non-`nil', then copying sets
the modification time of the new file to be the same as that of the old
file.
d1585 1
a1585 2
**** `R' renames the specified files.  You must specify a directory to
rename into, or (if renaming a single file) a new name.
d1587 3
a1589 2
Dired automatically changes the visited file name of buffers associated
with renamed files so that they refer to the new names.
d1591 1
a1591 3
**** `H' makes hard links to the specified files.  You must specify a
directory to make the links in, or (if making just one link) the name
to give the link.
d1593 1
a1593 3
**** `S' makes symbolic links to the specified files.  You must specify
a directory to make the links in, or (if making just one link) the
name to give the link.
d1595 4
a1598 3
**** `M' changes the mode of the specified files.  This calls the
`chmod' program, so you can describe the desired mode change with any
argument that `chmod' would handle.
d1600 2
a1601 1
**** `G' changes the group of the specified files.
d1603 1
a1603 2
**** `O' changes the owner of the specified files.  (On normal systems,
only the superuser can do this.)
d1605 1
a1605 3
The variable `dired-chown-program' specifies the name of the
program to use to do the work (different systems put `chown' in
different places.
d1607 1
a1607 1
**** `Z' compresses or uncompresses the specified files.
d1609 4
a1612 1
**** `L' loads the specified Emacs Lisp files.
d1614 2
a1615 1
**** `B' byte compiles the specified Emacs Lisp files.
d1617 1
a1617 2
**** `P' prints the specified files.  It uses the variables
`lpr-command' and `lpr-switches' just as `lpr-file' does.
d1619 5
a1623 1
*** Shell Commands in Dired
d1625 1
a1625 3
`!' reads a shell command string in the minibuffer and runs the shell
command on all the specified files.  There are two ways of applying a
shell command to multiple files:
d1627 1
a1627 2
- If you use `*' in the command, then the shell command runs just
once, with the list of file names substituted for the `*'.
d1629 1
a1629 3
Thus, `! tar cf foo.tar * RET' runs `tar' on the entire list of file
names, putting them into one tar file `foo.tar'.  The file names are
inserted in the order that they appear in the Dired buffer.
d1631 2
a1632 3
- If the command string doesn't contain `*', then it runs once for
each file, with the file name attached at the end.  For example, `!
uudecode RET' runs `uudecode' on each file.
d1634 2
a1635 4
To run the shell command once for each file but without being limited
to putting the file name inserted in the middle, use a shell loop.
For example, this shell command would run `uuencode' on each of the
specified files, writing the output into a corresponding `.uu' file:
d1637 1
a1637 1
    for file in *; uuencode $file $file >$file.uu; done
d1639 2
a1640 2
The working directory for the shell command is the top level directory
of the Dired buffer.
d1642 1
a1642 1
*** Regular Expression File Name Substitution
d1644 2
a1645 2
**** `% m REGEXP RET' marks all files whose names match the regular
expression REGEXP.
d1647 1
a1647 2
Only the non-directory part of the file name is used in matching.  Use
`^' and `$' to anchor matches.  Exclude subdirs by hiding them.
d1649 1
a1649 2
**** `% d REGEXP RET' flags for deletion all files whose names match
the regular expression REGEXP.
d1651 1
a1651 1
**** `% R', `% C', `% H', `% S'
d1653 2
a1654 4
These four commands rename, copy, make hard links and make soft links,
in each case computing the new name by regular expression substitution
from the name of the old file.  They  effectively perform
`query-replace-regexp' on the selected file names in the Dired buffer.
d1656 7
a1662 5
The commands read two arguments: a regular expression, and a
substitution pattern.  Each selected file name is matched against the
regular expression, and then the part which matched is replaced with
the substitution pattern.  You can use `\&' and `\DIGIT' in the
substitution pattern to refer to all or part of the old file name.
d1664 3
a1666 2
If the regular expression matches more than once in a file name,
only the first match is replaced.
d1668 3
a1670 122
Normally, the replacement process does not consider the directory names;
it operates on the file name within the directory.  If you specify a
prefix argument of zero, then replacement affects entire file name.

To apply the command to all files matching the same regexp that you
use in the command, mark those files with `% m REGEXP RET', then use
the same regular expression in `% R'.  To make this easier, `% R' uses
as a default the last regular expression specified in a `%' command.

*** Dired Case Conversion

**** `% u' renames each of the selected files to an upper case name.

**** `% l' renames each of the selected files to a lower case name.

*** File Comparison with Dired

**** `=' compares the current file with another file (the file at the
mark), by running the `diff' program.  The file at the mark is given
to `diff' first.

**** `M-=' compares the current file with its backup file.  If there
are several numerical backups, it uses the most recent one.  If this
file is a backup, it is compared with its original.

The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.

*** Subdirectories in Dired

You can display more than one directory in one Dired buffer.
The simplest way to do this is to specify the options `-lR' for
running `ls'.  That produces a recursive directory listing showing
all subdirectories, all within the same Dired buffer.

You can also insert the contents of a particular subdirectory with the
`i' command.  Use this command on the line that describes a file which
is a directory.  Inserted subdirectory contents follow the top-level
directory of the Dired buffer, just as they do in `ls -lR' output.

If the subdirectory's contents are already present in the buffer, the
`i' command just moves to it (type `l' to refresh it).  It sets the
Emacs mark before moving, so C-x C-x takes you back to the old
position in the buffer.

When you have subdirectories in the Dired buffer, you can use the page
motion commands C-x [ and C-x ] to move by entire directories.

The following commands move up and down in the tree of directories
in one Dired buffer:

**** C-M-u  Go up to the parent directory's headerline.

**** C-M-d  Go down in the tree, to the first subdirectory's
headerline.

**** C-M-n  Go to next subdirectory headerline, regardless of level.

**** C-M-p  Go to previous subdirectory headerline, regardless of
level.

*** Hiding Subdirectories

"Hiding" a subdirectory means to make it invisible, except for its
headerline.  Files inside a hidden subdirectory are never considered
by Dired.  For example, the commands to operate on marked files ignore
files in hidden directories even if they are marked.

**** `$' hides or unhides the current subdirectory and move to next
subdirectory.  A prefix argument serves as a repeat count.

**** `M-$' hides all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
Or, if at least one subdirectory is currently hidden, it makes
everything visible again.  You can use this command to get an overview
in very deep directory trees or to move quickly to subdirectories far
away.

*** Editing the Dired Buffer

**** `l' updates the specified files in a Dired buffer.  This means
reading their current status from the file system and changing the
buffer to reflect it properly.

If you use this command on a subdirectory header line, it updates the
contents of the subdirectory.

**** `g' updates the entire contents of the Dired buffer.  It preserves
all marks except for those on files that have vanished.  Hidden
subdirectories are updated but remain hidden.

**** `k' kills all marked lines (not the files).  With a prefix
argument, it kills that many lines starting with the current line.

This command does not delete files; it just deletes text from the Dired
buffer.

If you kill the line for a file that is a directory, then its contents
are also deleted from the buffer.  Typing `C-u k' on the header line
for a subdirectory is another way to delete a subdirectory from the
Dired buffer.

*** `find' and Dired.

To search for files with names matching a wildcard pattern use
`find-name-dired'.  Its arguments are DIRECTORY and
PATTERN.  It selects all the files in DIRECTORY or its
subdirectories whose own names match PATTERN.

The files thus selected are displayed in a Dired buffer in which the
ordinary Dired commands are available.

If you want to test the contents of files, rather than their names, use
`find-grep-dired'.  This command takes two minibuffer arguments,
DIRECTORY and REGEXP; it selects all the files in
DIRECTORY or its subdirectories that contain a match for
REGEXP.  It works by running `find' and `grep'.

The most general command in this series is `find-dired', which lets
you specify any condition that `find' can test.  It takes two
minibuffer arguments, DIRECTORY and FIND-ARGS; it runs `find' in
DIRECTORY with using FIND-ARGS as the arguments to `find' specifying
which files to accept.  To use this command, you need to know how to
use `find'.
d1672 1
a1672 54
** New amusements and novelties.

*** `M-x mpuz' displays a multiplication puzzle, in which each letter
stands for a digit, and you must determine which digit.  The puzzles
are determined randomly, so they are always different.

*** `M-x gomoku' plays the game Gomoku with you.  It needs more work.

*** `M-x spook' adds a line of randomly chosen keywords to an outgoing
mail message.  The keywords are chosen from a list of words that
suggest you are discussing something subversive.

The idea is that the NSA reads all messages that contain keywords
suggesting they might be interested, and that adding these lines could
help to overload them.  I would guess that they have modified their
program by now to ignore these lines of keywords; perhaps the program
can be updated if some clever hacker can determine what criterion they
actually use now.

** Installation changes

*** The configure script has been provided to help with the
installation process.  It takes the place of editing the Makefiles and
src/config.h, and can often guess the appropriate operating system to
use for a particular machine type.  See INSTALL for a more detailed
description of the steps required for installation.

*** If you create a Lisp file named `site-start.el', Emacs loads the file
whenever it starts up.

*** A new Lisp variable, `data-directory', indicates the directory
containing the DOC file, tutorial, copying agreement, and other
familiar `etc' files.  The value of `data-directory' is a simple string.
The default should be set at build time, and the person installing
Emacs should place all the data files in this directory.  The `help.el'
functions that look for docstrings and information files check this
variable.  All Emacs Lisp packages should also be coded so that they
refer to `data-directory' to find data files.

*** The PURESIZE definition has been moved from config.h to its own
file, puresize.h.  Since almost every file of C source in the
distribution depends on config.h, but only alloc.c and data.c depend
on puresize.h, this means that changing the value of PURESIZE causes
only those two files to be recompiled.

*** The makefile at the top of the Emacs source tree now supports a
`dist' target, which creates a compressed tar file suitable for
distribution, using the contents of the source tree.  Object files,
old file versions, executables, DOC files, and other
architecture-specific or easy-to-recreate files are not included in
the tar file.

* For older news, see the file OONEWS.  For Lisp changes in (the first
* release of) Emacs 19, see the file LNEWS.
d1677 1
a1677 1
Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
d1690 1
a1690 2
mode: outline
paragraph-separate: "[ 	]*$"
a1691 1

@


1.1.1.4
log
@import emacs-21.0.103
@
text
@d2 1
a2 1
Copyright (C) 1995, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
d5 1
a5 776
For older news, see the file ONEWS.4.

* Emacs 19.34 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.

* Changes in Emacs 19.33.

** Bibtex mode no longer turns on Auto Fill automatically.  (No major
mode should do that--it is the user's choice.)

** The variable normal-auto-fill-function specifies the function to
use for auto-fill-function, if and when Auto Fill is turned on.
Major modes can set this locally to alter how Auto Fill works.

* Editing Changes in Emacs 19.32

** C-x f with no argument now signals an error.
To set the fill column at the current column, use C-u C-x f.

** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
conversion.  If you type the abbreviation with mixed case, and it
matches the beginning of the expansion including case, then the
expansion is copied verbatim.  Using SPC M-/ to copy an additional
word always copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is
all caps.

** On a non-windowing terminal, which can display only one Emacs frame
at a time, creating a new frame with C-x 5 2 also selects that frame.

When using a display that can show multiple frames at once, C-x 5 2
does make the frame visible, but does not select it.  This is the same
as in previous Emacs versions.

** You can use C-x 5 2 to create multiple frames on MSDOS, just as on a
non-X terminal on Unix.  Of course, only one frame is visible at any
time, since your terminal doesn't have the ability to display multiple
frames.

** On Windows, set win32-pass-alt-to-system to a non-nil value
if you would like tapping the Alt key to invoke the Windows menu.
This feature is not enabled by default; since the Alt key is also the
Meta key, it is too easy and painful to activate this feature by
accident.

** The command apply-macro-to-region-lines repeats the last defined
keyboard macro once for each complete line within the current region.
It does this line by line, by moving point to the beginning of that
line and then executing the macro.

This command is not new, but was never documented before.

** You can now use Mouse-1 to place the region around a string constant
(something surrounded by doublequote characters or other delimiter
characters of like syntax) by double-clicking on one of the delimiting
characters.

** Font Lock mode

*** Font Lock support modes

Font Lock can be configured to use Fast Lock mode and Lazy Lock mode (see
below) in a flexible way.  Rather than adding the appropriate function to the
hook font-lock-mode-hook, you can use the new variable font-lock-support-mode
to control which modes have Fast Lock mode or Lazy Lock mode turned on when
Font Lock mode is enabled.

For example, to use Fast Lock mode when Font Lock mode is turned on, put:

 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)

in your ~/.emacs.

*** lazy-lock

The lazy-lock package speeds up Font Lock mode by making fontification occur
only when necessary, such as when a previously unfontified part of the buffer
becomes visible in a window.  When you create a buffer with Font Lock mode and
Lazy Lock mode turned on, the buffer is not fontified.  When certain events
occur (such as scrolling), Lazy Lock makes sure that the visible parts of the
buffer are fontified.  Lazy Lock also defers on-the-fly fontification until
Emacs has been idle for a given amount of time.

To use this package, put in your ~/.emacs:

 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)

To control the package behaviour, see the documentation for `lazy-lock-mode'.

** Changes in BibTeX mode.

*** For all entries allow spaces and tabs between opening brace or
paren and key.

*** Non-escaped double-quoted characters (as in `Sch"of') are now
supported.

** Gnus changes.

Gnus, the Emacs news reader, has undergone further rewriting.  Many new
commands and variables have been added.  There should be no
significant incompatibilities between this Gnus version and the
previously released version, except in the message composition area.

Below is a list of the more user-visible changes.  Coding changes
between Gnus 5.1 and 5.2 are more extensive.

*** A new message composition mode is used.  All old customization
variables for mail-mode, rnews-reply-mode and gnus-msg are now
obsolete.

*** Gnus is now able to generate "sparse" threads -- threads where
missing articles are represented by empty nodes.

    (setq gnus-build-sparse-threads 'some)

*** Outgoing articles are stored on a special archive server.

    To disable this:  (setq gnus-message-archive-group nil)

*** Partial thread regeneration now happens when articles are
referred.

*** Gnus can make use of GroupLens predictions:

    (setq gnus-use-grouplens t)

*** A trn-line tree buffer can be displayed.

    (setq gnus-use-trees t)

*** An nn-like pick-and-read minor mode is available for the summary
buffers.

    (add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'gnus-pick-mode)

*** In binary groups you can use a special binary minor mode:

    `M-x gnus-binary-mode'

*** Groups can be grouped in a folding topic hierarchy.

    (add-hook 'gnus-group-mode-hook 'gnus-topic-mode)

*** Gnus can re-send and bounce mail.

    Use the `S D r' and `S D b'.

*** Groups can now have a score, and bubbling based on entry frequency
is possible.

    (add-hook 'gnus-summary-exit-hook 'gnus-summary-bubble-group)

*** Groups can be process-marked, and commands can be performed on
groups of groups.

*** Caching is possible in virtual groups.

*** nndoc now understands all kinds of digests, mail boxes, rnews news
batches, ClariNet briefs collections, and just about everything else.

*** Gnus has a new backend (nnsoup) to create/read SOUP packets.

*** The Gnus cache is much faster.

*** Groups can be sorted according to many criteria.

    For instance: (setq gnus-group-sort-function 'gnus-group-sort-by-rank)

*** New group parameters have been introduced to set list-address and
expiration times.

*** All formatting specs allow specifying faces to be used.

*** There are several more commands for setting/removing/acting on
process marked articles on the `M P' submap.

*** The summary buffer can be limited to show parts of the available
articles based on a wide range of criteria.  These commands have been
bound to keys on the `/' submap.

*** Articles can be made persistent -- as an alternative to saving
articles with the `*' command.

*** All functions for hiding article elements are now toggles.

*** Article headers can be buttonized.

    (add-hook 'gnus-article-display-hook 'gnus-article-add-buttons-to-head)

*** All mail backends support fetching articles by Message-ID.

*** Duplicate mail can now be treated properly.  See the
`nnmail-treat-duplicates' variable.

*** All summary mode commands are available directly from the article
buffer.

*** Frames can be part of `gnus-buffer-configuration'.

*** Mail can be re-scanned by a daemonic process.

*** Gnus can make use of NoCeM files to filter spam.

    (setq gnus-use-nocem t)

*** Groups can be made permanently visible.

    (setq gnus-permanently-visible-groups "^nnml:")

*** Many new hooks have been introduced to make customizing easier.

*** Gnus respects the Mail-Copies-To header.

*** Threads can be gathered by looking at the References header.

    (setq gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function
          'gnus-gather-threads-by-references)

*** Read articles can be stored in a special backlog buffer to avoid
refetching.

    (setq gnus-keep-backlog 50)

*** A clean copy of the current article is always stored in a separate
buffer to allow easier treatment.

*** Gnus can suggest where to save articles.  See `gnus-split-methods'.

*** Gnus doesn't have to do as much prompting when saving.

    (setq gnus-prompt-before-saving t)

*** gnus-uu can view decoded files asynchronously while fetching
articles.

    (setq gnus-uu-grabbed-file-functions 'gnus-uu-grab-view)

*** Filling in the article buffer now works properly on cited text.

*** Hiding cited text adds buttons to toggle hiding, and how much
cited text to hide is now customizable.

    (setq gnus-cited-lines-visible 2)

*** Boring headers can be hidden.

    (add-hook 'gnus-article-display-hook 'gnus-article-hide-boring-headers)

*** Default scoring values can now be set from the menu bar.

*** Further syntax checking of outgoing articles have been added.

The Gnus manual has been expanded.  It explains all these new features
in greater detail.

* Lisp Changes in Emacs 19.32

** The function set-visited-file-name now accepts an optional
second argument NO-QUERY.  If it is non-nil, then the user is not
asked for confirmation in the case where the specified file already
exists.

** The variable print-length applies to printing vectors and bitvectors,
as well as lists.

** The new function keymap-parent returns the parent keymap
of a given keymap.

** The new function set-keymap-parent specifies a new parent for a
given keymap.  The arguments are KEYMAP and PARENT.  PARENT must be a
keymap or nil.

** Sometimes menu keymaps use a command name, a symbol, which is really
an automatically generated alias for some other command, the "real"
name.  In such a case, you should give that alias symbol a non-nil
menu-alias property.  That property tells the menu system to look for
equivalent keys for the real name instead of equivalent keys for the
alias.

* Editing Changes in Emacs 19.31

** Freedom of the press restricted in the United States.

Emacs has been censored in accord with the Communications Decency Act.
This includes removing some features of the doctor program.  That law
was described by its supporters as a ban on pornography, but it bans
far more than that.  The Emacs distribution has never contained any
pornography, but parts of it were nonetheless prohibited.

For information on US government censorship of the Internet, and what
you can do to bring back freedom of the press, see the web site
`http://www.vtw.org/'.

** A note about C mode indentation customization.

The old (Emacs 19.29) ways of specifying a C indentation style
do not normally work in the new implementation of C mode.
It has its own methods of customizing indentation, which are
much more powerful than the old C mode.  See the Editing Programs
chapter of the manual for details.

However, you can load the library cc-compat to make the old
customization variables take effect.

** Marking with the mouse.

When you mark a region with the mouse, the region now remains
highlighted until the next input event, regardless of whether you are
using M-x transient-mark-mode.

** Improved Windows NT/95 support.

*** Emacs now supports scroll bars on Windows NT and Windows 95.

*** Emacs now supports subprocesses on Windows 95.  (Subprocesses used
to work on NT only and not on 95.)

*** There are difficulties with subprocesses, though, due to problems
in Windows, beyond the control of Emacs.  They work fine as long as
you run Windows applications.  The problems arise when you run a DOS
application in a subprocesses.  Since current shells run as DOS
applications, these problems are significant.

If you run a DOS application in a subprocess, then the application is
likely to busy-wait, which means that your machine will be 100% busy.
However, if you don't mind the temporary heavy load, the subprocess
will work OK as long as you tell it to terminate before you start any
other DOS application as a subprocess.

Emacs is unable to terminate or interrupt a DOS subprocess.
You have to do this by providing input directly to the subprocess.

If you run two DOS applications at the same time in two separate
subprocesses, even if one of them is asynchronous, you will probably
have to reboot your machine--until then, it will remain 100% busy.
Windows simply does not cope when one Windows process tries to run two
separate DOS subprocesses.  Typing CTL-ALT-DEL and then choosing
Shutdown seems to work although it may take a few minutes.

** M-x resize-minibuffer-mode.

This command, not previously mentioned in NEWS, toggles a mode in
which the minibuffer window expands to show as many lines as the
minibuffer contains.

** `title' frame parameter and resource.

The `title' X resource now specifies just the frame title, nothing else.
It does not affect the name used for looking up other X resources.
It works by setting the new `title' frame parameter, which likewise
affects just the displayed title of the frame.

The `name' parameter continues to do what it used to do:
it specifies the frame name for looking up X resources,
and also serves as the default for the displayed title
when the `title' parameter is unspecified or nil.

** Emacs now uses the X toolkit by default, if you have a new
enough version of X installed (X11R5 or newer).

** When you compile Emacs with the Motif widget set, Motif handles the
F10 key by activating the menu bar.  To avoid confusion, the usual
Emacs binding of F10 is replaced with a no-op when using Motif.

If you want to be able to use F10 in Emacs, you can rebind the Motif
menubar to some other key which you don't use.  To do so, add
something like this to your X resources file.  This example rebinds
the Motif menu bar activation key to S-F12:

   Emacs*defaultVirtualBindings:  osfMenuBar : Shift<Key>F12

** In overwrite mode, DEL now inserts spaces in most cases
to replace the characters it "deletes".

** The Rmail summary now shows the number of lines in each message.

** Rmail has a new command M-x unforward-rmail-message, which extracts
a forwarded message from the message that forwarded it.  To use it,
select a message which contains a forwarded message and then type the command.
It inserts the forwarded message as a separate Rmail message
immediately after the selected one.

This command also undoes the textual modifications that are standardly
made, as part of forwarding, by Rmail and other mail reader programs.

** Turning off saving of .saves-... files in your home directory.

Each Emacs session writes a file named .saves-... in your home
directory to record which files M-x recover-session should recover.
If you exit Emacs normally with C-x C-c, it deletes that file.  If
Emacs or the operating system crashes, the file remains for M-x
recover-session.

You can turn off the writing of these files by setting
auto-save-list-file-name to nil.  If you do this, M-x recover-session
will not work.

Some previous Emacs versions failed to delete these files even on
normal exit.  This is fixed now.  If you are thinking of turning off
this feature because of past experiences with versions that had this
bug, it would make sense to check whether you still want to do so
now that the bug is fixed.

** Changes to Version Control (VC)

There is a new variable, vc-follow-symlinks.  It indicates what to do
when you visit a link to a file that is under version control.
Editing the file through the link bypasses the version control system,
which is dangerous and probably not what you want.

If this variable is t, VC follows the link and visits the real file,
telling you about it in the echo area.  If it is `ask' (the default),
VC asks for confirmation whether it should follow the link.  If nil,
the link is visited and a warning displayed.

** iso-acc.el now lets you specify a choice of language.
Languages include "latin-1" (the default) and "latin-2" (which
is designed for entering ISO Latin-2 characters).

There are also choices for specific human languages such as French and
Portuguese.  These are subsets of Latin-1, which differ in that they
enable only the accent characters needed for particular language.
The other accent characters, not needed for the chosen language,
remain normal.

** Posting articles and sending mail now has M-TAB completion on various
header fields (Newsgroups, To, CC, ...).

Completion in the Newsgroups header depends on the list of groups
known to your news reader.  Completion in the Followup-To header
offers those groups which are in the Newsgroups header, since
Followup-To usually just holds one of those.

Completion in fields that hold mail addresses works based on the list
of local users plus your aliases.  Additionally, if your site provides
a mail directory or a specific host to use for any unrecognized user
name, you can arrange to query that host for completion also.  (See the
documentation of variables `mail-directory-process' and
`mail-directory-stream'.)

** A greatly extended sgml-mode offers new features such as (to be configured)
skeletons with completing read for tags and attributes, typing named
characters including optionally all 8bit characters, making tags invisible
with optional alternate display text, skipping and deleting tag(pair)s.

Note: since Emacs' syntax feature cannot limit the special meaning of ', " and
- to inside <>, for some texts the result, especially of font locking, may be
wrong (see `sgml-specials' if you get wrong results).

The derived html-mode configures this with tags and attributes more or
less HTML3ish.  It also offers optional quick keys like C-c 1 for
headline or C-c u for unordered list (see `html-quick-keys').  Edit /
Text Properties / Face or M-g combinations create tags as applicable.
Outline minor mode is supported and level 1 font-locking tries to
fontify tag contents (which only works when they fit on one line, due
to a limitation in font-lock).

External viewing via browse-url can occur automatically upon saving.

** M-x imenu-add-to-menubar now adds to the menu bar for the current
buffer only.  If you want to put an Imenu item in the menu bar for all
buffers that use a particular major mode, use the mode hook, as in
this example:

    (add-hook 'emacs-lisp-mode-hook
	      '(lambda () (imenu-add-to-menubar "Index")))

** Changes in BibTeX mode.

*** Field names may now contain digits, hyphens, and underscores.

*** Font Lock mode is now supported.

*** bibtex-make-optional-field is no longer interactive.

*** If bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is non-nil, inserting new
entries is now done with a faster algorithm.  However, inserting
will fail in this case if the buffer contains invalid entries or
isn't in sorted order, so you should finish each entry with C-c C-c
(bibtex-close-entry) after you have inserted or modified it.
The default value of bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is nil.

*** Function `show-all' is no longer bound to a key, since C-u C-c C-q
does the same job.

*** Entries with quotes inside quote-delimited fields (as `author =
"Stefan Sch{\"o}f"') are now supported.

*** Case in field names doesn't matter anymore when searching for help
text.

** Font Lock mode

*** Global Font Lock mode

Font Lock mode can be turned on globally, in buffers that support it, by the
new command global-font-lock-mode.  You can use the new variable
font-lock-global-modes to control which modes have Font Lock mode automagically
turned on.  By default, this variable is set so that Font Lock mode is turned
on globally where the buffer mode supports it.

For example, to automagically turn on Font Lock mode where supported, put:

 (global-font-lock-mode t)

in your ~/.emacs.

*** Local Refontification

In Font Lock mode, editing a line automatically refontifies that line only.
However, if your change alters the syntactic context for following lines,
those lines remain incorrectly fontified.  To refontify them, use the new
command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block).

In certain major modes, M-g M-g refontifies the entire current function.
(The variable font-lock-mark-block-function controls how to find the
current function.)  In other major modes, M-g M-g refontifies 16 lines
above and below point.

With a prefix argument N, M-g M-g refontifies N lines above and below point.

** Follow mode

Follow mode is a new minor mode combining windows showing the same
buffer into one tall "virtual window".  The windows are typically two
side-by-side windows.  Follow mode makes them scroll together as if
they were a unit.  To use it, go to a frame with just one window,
split it into two side-by-side windows using C-x 3, and then type M-x
follow-mode.

M-x follow-mode turns off Follow mode if it is already enabled.

To display two side-by-side windows and activate Follow mode, use the
command M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split.

** hide-show changes.

The hooks hs-hide-hooks and hs-show-hooks have been renamed
to hs-hide-hook and hs-show-hook, to follow the convention for
normal hooks.

** Simula mode now has a menu containing the most important commands.
The new command simula-indent-exp is bound to C-M-q.

** etags can now handle programs written in Erlang.  Files are
recognised by the extensions .erl and .hrl.  The tagged lines are
those that begin a function, record, or macro.

** MSDOS Changes

*** It is now possible to compile Emacs with the version 2 of DJGPP.
Compilation with DJGPP version 1 also still works.

*** The documentation of DOS-specific aspects of Emacs was rewritten
and expanded; see the ``MS-DOS'' node in the on-line docs.

*** Emacs now uses ~ for backup file names, not .bak.

*** You can simulate mouse-3 on two-button mice by simultaneously
pressing both mouse buttons.

*** A number of packages and commands which previously failed or had
restricted functionality on MS-DOS, now work.  The most important ones
are:

**** Printing (both with `M-x lpr-buffer' and with `ps-print' package)
now works.

**** `Ediff' works (in a single-frame mode).

**** `M-x display-time' can be used on MS-DOS (due to the new
implementation of Emacs timers, see below).

**** `Dired' supports Unix-style shell wildcards.

**** The `c-macro-expand' command now works as on other platforms.

**** `M-x recover-session' works.

**** `M-x list-colors-display' displays all the available colors.

**** The `TPU-EDT' package works.

* Lisp changes in Emacs 19.31.

** The function using-unix-filesystems on Windows NT and Windows 95
tells Emacs to read and write files assuming that they reside on a
remote Unix filesystem.  No CR/LF translation is done on any files in
this case.  Invoking using-unix-filesystems with t activates this
behavior, and invoking it with any other value deactivates it.

** Change in system-type and system-configuration values.

The value of system-type on a Linux-based GNU system is now `lignux',
not `linux'.  This means that some programs which use `system-type'
need to be changed.  The value of `system-configuration' will also
be different.

It is generally recommended to use `system-configuration' rather
than `system-type'.

See the file LINUX-GNU in this directory for more about this.

** The functions shell-command and dired-call-process
now run file name handlers for default-directory, if it has them.

** Undoing the deletion of text now restores the positions of markers
that pointed into or next to the deleted text.

** Timers created with run-at-time now work internally to Emacs, and
no longer use a separate process.  Therefore, they now work more
reliably and can be used for shorter time delays.

The new function run-with-timer is a convenient way to set up a timer
to run a specified amount of time after the present.  A call looks
like this:

  (run-with-timer SECS REPEAT FUNCTION ARGS...)

SECS says how many seconds should elapse before the timer happens.
It may be an integer or a floating point number.  When the timer
becomes ripe, the action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.

REPEAT gives the interval for repeating the timer (measured in
seconds).  It may be an integer or a floating point number.  nil or 0
means don't repeat at all--call FUNCTION just once.

*** with-timeout provides an easy way to do something but give
up if too much time passes.

  (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)

This executes BODY, but gives up after SECONDS seconds.
If it gives up, it runs the TIMEOUT-FORMS and returns the value
of the last one of them.  Normally it returns the value of the last
form in BODY.

*** You can now arrange to call a function whenever Emacs is idle for
a certain length of time.  To do this, call run-with-idle-timer.  A
call looks like this:

  (run-with-idle-timer SECS REPEAT FUNCTION ARGS...)

SECS says how many seconds of idleness should elapse before the timer
runs.  It may be an integer or a floating point number.  When the
timer becomes ripe, the action is to call FUNCTION with arguments
ARGS.

Emacs becomes idle whenever it finishes executing a keyboard or mouse
command.  It remains idle until it receives another keyboard or mouse
command.

REPEAT, if non-nil, means this timer should be activated again each
time Emacs becomes idle and remains idle for SECS seconds The timer
does not repeat if Emacs *remains* idle; it runs at most once after
each time Emacs becomes idle.

If REPEAT is nil, the timer runs just once, the first time Emacs is
idle for SECS seconds.

*** post-command-idle-hook is now obsolete; you shouldn't use it at
all, because it interferes with the idle timer mechanism.  If your
programs use post-command-idle-hook, convert them to use idle timers
instead.

*** y-or-n-p-with-timeout lets you ask a question but give up if
there is no answer within a certain time.

  (y-or-n-p-with-timeout PROMPT SECONDS DEFAULT-VALUE)

asks the question PROMPT (just like y-or-n-p).  If the user answers
within SECONDS seconds, it returns the answer that the user gave.
Otherwise it gives up after SECONDS seconds, and returns DEFAULT-VALUE.

** Minor change to `encode-time': you can now pass more than seven
arguments.  If you do that, the first six arguments have the usual
meaning, the last argument is interpreted as the time zone, and the
arguments in between are ignored.

This means that it works to use the list returned by `decode-time' as
the list of arguments for `encode-time'.

** The default value of load-path now includes the directory
/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp In addition to
/usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp.  You can use this new directory for
site-specific Lisp packages that belong with a particular Emacs
version.

It is not unusual for a Lisp package that works well in one Emacs
version to cause trouble in another.  Sometimes packages need updating
for incompatible changes; sometimes they look at internal data that
has changed; sometimes the package has been installed in Emacs itself
and the installed version should be used.  Whatever the reason for the
problem, this new feature makes it easier to solve.

** When your program contains a fixed file name (like .completions or
.abbrev.defs), the file name usually needs to be different on operating
systems with limited file name syntax.

Now you can avoid ad-hoc conditionals by using the function
convert-standard-filename to convert the file name to a proper form
for each operating system.  Here is an example of use, from the file
completions.el:

(defvar save-completions-file-name
        (convert-standard-filename "~/.completions")
  "*The filename to save completions to.")

This sets the variable save-completions-file-name to a value that
depends on the operating system, because the definition of
convert-standard-filename depends on the operating system.  On
Unix-like systems, it returns the specified file name unchanged.  On
MS-DOS, it adapts the name to fit the limitations of that system.

** The interactive spec N now returns the numeric prefix argument
rather than the raw prefix argument.  (It still reads a number using the
minibuffer if there is no prefix argument at all.)

** When a process is deleted, this no longer disconnects the process
marker from its buffer position.

** The variable garbage-collection-messages now controls whether
Emacs displays a message at the beginning and end of garbage collection.
The default is nil, meaning there are no messages.

** The variable debug-ignored-errors specifies certain kinds of errors
that should not enter the debugger.  Its value is a list of error
condition symbols and/or regular expressions.  If the error has any
of the condition symbols listed, or if any of the regular expressions
matches the error message, then that error does not enter the debugger,
regardless of the value of debug-on-error.

This variable is initialized to match certain common but uninteresting
errors that happen often during editing.

** The new function error-message-string converts an error datum
into its error message.  The error datum is what condition-case
puts into the variable, to describe the error that happened.

** Anything that changes which buffer appears in a given window
now runs the window-scroll-functions for that window.

** The new function get-buffer-window-list returns a list of windows displaying
a buffer.  The function is called with the buffer (a buffer object or a buffer
name) and two optional arguments specifying the minibuffer windows and frames
to search.  Therefore this function takes optional args like next-window etc.,
and not get-buffer-window.

** buffer-substring now runs the hook buffer-access-fontify-functions,
calling each function with two arguments--the range of the buffer
being accessed.  buffer-substring-no-properties does not call them.

If you use this feature, you should set the variable
buffer-access-fontified-property to a non-nil symbol, which is a
property name.  Then, if all the characters in the buffer range have a
non-nil value for that property, the buffer-access-fontify-functions
are not called.  When called, these functions should put a non-nil
property on the text that they fontify, so that they won't get called
over and over for the same text.

** Changes in lisp-mnt.el

*** The lisp-mnt package can now recognize file headers that are written
in the formats used by the `what' command and the RCS `ident' command:

;; @@(#) HEADER: text
;; $HEADER: text $

in addition to the normal

;; HEADER: text

*** The commands lm-verify and lm-synopsis are now interactive.  lm-verify
checks that the library file has proper sections and headers, and
lm-synopsis extracts first line "synopsis'"information.


d257 1
a257 1
VC searches for RCS headers in working files (like `$Id: ONEWS,v 1.5 2001/01/31 15:19:32 gerd Exp $') and
d5688 1
a5688 1
* For older news, see the file ONEWS.4.  For Lisp changes in (the first
@


1.1.1.5
log
@import emacs-21.3
@
text
@d90 1
a90 1
To control the package behavior, see the documentation for `lazy-lock-mode'.
d911 1
a911 1
**** Old packages like `expire-kill' will no longer work.
d920 1
a920 1

d991 1
a991 1
that will give you the behavior of Emacs 19.29, similar to that under
d1009 1
a1009 1
If you try to lock a version that is not the latest on its branch,
d1032 1
a1032 1
VC searches for RCS headers in working files (like `$Id: ONEWS,v 1.8 2003/02/04 14:30:40 lektu Exp $') and
d1061 1
a1061 1
Reminders that apply in the days leading up to an event.
d1228 1
a1228 1

d1234 1
a1234 1

d1237 1
a1237 1

d1253 1
a1253 1

d1255 1
a1255 1

d1260 1
a1260 1

d1266 1
a1266 1

d1619 1
a1619 1
*** The menu also includes commands for indenting the region,
d1773 1
a1773 1
*** Bookmarks can have annotations; type "C-h m" after doing
d1819 1
a1819 1
** Makefile mode changes.
d2385 1
a2385 1
FROM-FN is called to decode files in that format; it gets two args, BEGIN
d2766 1
a2766 1
**** There are new functions for dealing with margins:
d2806 1
a2806 1
**** The auto-fill-function is now called regardless of whether
d3294 1
a3294 1
*** The function `comint-watch-for-password-prompt' can be used to
d3432 1
a3432 1
int foo (int i)
d3446 1
a3446 1
int foo (int i)
d3697 1
a3697 1
control the shape of that frame.  If you don't specify the frame title,
d3804 1
a3804 1
** The function insert-file-contents now takes an optional fifth
d3915 1
a3915 1
       (cons 'ange-ftp-file-handler
d4117 1
a4117 1
The spelling correction submenu now includes this command
d4181 1
a4181 1
Input behavior is configurable.  Variables control whether some windows
d4262 1
a4262 1
You can now configure the behavior of `pushd'.  Variables control
d4620 1
a4620 1
** When Emacs displays a list of completions in a buffer,
d4624 1
a4624 1
** Use the command `list-faces-display' to display a list of
d4639 2
a4640 2
** Several major modes now have their own menu bar items,
including Dired, Rmail, and Sendmail.  We would like to add
d4742 2
a4743 1
the Emacs lisp `format' function or C printf function), which Emacs expands.
d4825 1
a4825 1
strings in the kill ring; click on one to select it as the text
d5155 1
a5155 1
directions.
d5382 1
a5382 1
command, and C-h to get help.  These options are analogous to those
d5598 1
a5598 1
they are the TeX equivalents of M-( and M-).)  This is because M-{
d5876 1
a5876 1
edit the translation.  When you save the file, it is converted
d5880 1
a5880 1
Do this if you have already visited a binary file.
d6074 1
a6074 1

d6086 2
a6087 2
You can also use M-r and M-s to search for (respectively) earlier or
later inputs starting with a given string.  First type the string,
d6114 1
a6114 1
If you accidentally suspend your process, use M-x comint-continue-subjob
d6116 1
a6116 1

@


